0% found this document useful (0 votes)
34 views211 pages

NT 35510

Uploaded by

mario.gavran
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
0% found this document useful (0 votes)
34 views211 pages

NT 35510

Uploaded by

mario.gavran
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
You are on page 1/ 211

NT35510 – General Specification

One-chip Driver IC with internal GRAM


for 16.7M colors 480RGB x 864 a-Si TFT LCD
with CPU / RGB / MIPI / MDDI Interface

V0.00
Preliminary
Á Љ
11/8/2010 1 Version 0.00
With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

REVISION HISTORY................................................................................................................................................4
1 DESCRIPTION ......................................................................................................................................................4
1.1 PURPOSE OF THIS DOCUMENT ...............................................................................................................................4
1.2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION ........................................................................................................................................4
2 FEATURES ...........................................................................................................................................................4
3 BLOCK DIAGRAM ................................................................................................................................................4
4 PIN DESCRIPTION ...............................................................................................................................................4
4.1 POWER SUPPLY PINS ............................................................................................................................................4
4.2 80-SYSTEM INTERFACE PINS .................................................................................................................................4
4.3 SPI /I2C INTERFACE PINS .....................................................................................................................................4
4.4 RGB INTERFACE PINS ..........................................................................................................................................4
4.5 MIPI/MDDI INTERFACE PINS .................................................................................................................................4
4.6 INTERFACE LOGIC PINS .........................................................................................................................................4
4.7 DRIVER OUTPUT PINS ...........................................................................................................................................4
4.8 DC/DC CONVERTER PINS .....................................................................................................................................4
4.9 LABC AND CABC CONTROL PINS .................................................................................................................4
4.10 TEST PINS .......................................................................................................................................................4
5 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION..............................................................................................................................4
5.1 MPU INTERFACE...................................................................................................................................................4
5.1.1 Interface Type Selection .........................................................................................................................................4

5.1.2 80-series MPU Interface..........................................................................................................................................4

5.1.3 Serial Interface.........................................................................................................................................................4

5.2 I2C INTERFACE .....................................................................................................................................................4


5.2.1 Slave Address of I2C...............................................................................................................................................4
5.2.2 Register Write Sequence of I2C Interface .............................................................................................................4

5.2.3 RAM Data Write Sequence of I2C Interface...........................................................................................................4

5.2.4 Register Read Sequence of I2C Interface .............................................................................................................4

5.2.5 RAM Data Read Sequence of I2C Interface...........................................................................................................4

5.3 INTERFACE PAUSE ................................................................................................................................................4


5.4 DATA TRANSFER BREAK AND RECOVERY ..............................................................................................................4
5.5 DISPLAY MODULE DATA TRANSFER MODES...........................................................................................................4
5.6 RGB INTERFACE...................................................................................................................................................4
5.6.1 General Description ................................................................................................................................................4

5.6.2 RGB Interface Timing Chart ...................................................................................................................................4

5.6.3 RGB Interface Mode Set .........................................................................................................................................4


11/8/2010 2 Version 0.00
With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.6.4 RGB Interface Bus Width Set .................................................................................................................................4

5.7 FRAME MEMORY ...................................................................................................................................................4


5.7.1 Configuration...........................................................................................................................................................4

5.7.2 Address Counter .....................................................................................................................................................4


5.7.3 Interface to Memory Write Direction......................................................................................................................4

5.7.4 Frame Memory to Display Address Mapping........................................................................................................4

5.8 TEARING EFFECT INFORMATION .............................................................................................................................4


5.8.1 Tearing Effect Output Line .....................................................................................................................................4

5.9 CHECKSUM ...........................................................................................................................................................4


5.10 POWER ON/OFF SEQUENCE ................................................................................................................................4
5.10.1 Case 1 – RESX line is held High or Unstable by Host at Power On ..................................................................4

5.10.2 Case 2 – RESX line is held Low by host at Power On........................................................................................4

5.10.3 Uncontrolled Power Off ........................................................................................................................................4

5.11 POWER LEVEL MODES ........................................................................................................................................4


5.11.1 Definition................................................................................................................................................................4

5.11.2 Power Level Mode Flow Chart..............................................................................................................................4

5.12 RESET FUNCTION ................................................................................................................................................4


5.12.1 Register Default Value ..........................................................................................................................................4
5.12.2 Output or Bi-directional (I/O) Pins .......................................................................................................................4

5.12.3 Input Pins...............................................................................................................................................................4

5.13 SLEEP OUT-COMMAND AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS OF THE DISPLAY MODULE ..........................................4
5.13.1 Register loading Detection...................................................................................................................................4

5.13.2 Functionality Detection.........................................................................................................................................4

5.13.3 Chip Attachment Detection ..................................................................................................................................4

5.14 DISPLAY PANEL COLOR CHARACTERISTICS .........................................................................................................4


5.15 G AMMA FUNCTION ..............................................................................................................................................4
5.16 BASIC DISPLAY MODE.........................................................................................................................................4
5.17 INSTRUCTION SETTING SEQUENCE .......................................................................................................................4
5.17.1 Sleep In/Out Sequence .........................................................................................................................................4

5.17.2 Deep Standby Mode Enter/Exit Sequence...........................................................................................................4

5.18 INSTRUCTION SETUP FLOW .................................................................................................................................4


5.18.1 Initializing with the Built-in Power Supply Circuits ............................................................................................4
5.18.2 Power OFF Sequence ...........................................................................................................................................4

5.19 MTP WRITE SEQUENCE ......................................................................................................................................4


5.20 COLUMN, 1-DOT, 2-DOT, 3-DOT AND 4-DOT INVERSION (VCOM DC DRIVE).........................................................4
11/8/2010 3 Version 0.00
With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS ...............................................................................................................................4


6.1 USER COMMAND SET ............................................................................................................................................4
NOP (0000h) ......................................................................................................................................................................4

SWRESET: Software Reset (0100h) ................................................................................................................................4


RDDID: Read Display ID (0400h~0402h).........................................................................................................................4

RDNUMED: Read Number of Errors on DSI (0500h)......................................................................................................4

RDDPM: Read Display Power Mode (0A00h) .................................................................................................................4

RDDMADCTL: Read Display MADCTL (0B00h)..............................................................................................................4

RDDCOLMOD: Read Display Pixel Format (0C00h) ......................................................................................................4

RDDIM: Read Display Image Mode (0D00h) ...................................................................................................................4

RDDSM: Read Display Signal Mode (0E00h) .................................................................................................................4

RDDSDR: Read Display Self-Diagnostic Result (0F00h)...............................................................................................4

SLPIN: Sleep In (1000h) ...................................................................................................................................................4

SLPOUT: Sleep Out (1100h).............................................................................................................................................4

PTLON: Partial Display Mode On (1200h) ......................................................................................................................4

NORON: Normal Display Mode On (1300h)....................................................................................................................4

INVOFF: Display Inversion Off (2000h)...........................................................................................................................4

INVON: Display Inversion On (2100h).............................................................................................................................4


ALLPOFF: All Pixel Off (2200h) .......................................................................................................................................4

ALLPON: All Pixel On (2300h) .........................................................................................................................................4

GAMSET: Gamma Set (2600h).........................................................................................................................................4

DISPOFF: Display Off (2800h) .........................................................................................................................................4

DISPON: Display On (2900h) ...........................................................................................................................................4

CASET: Column Address Set (2A00h~2A03h) ...............................................................................................................4


RASET: Row Address Set (2B00h~2B03h).....................................................................................................................4

RAMWR: Memory Write (2C00h) .....................................................................................................................................4

RAMRD: Memory Read (2E00h) ......................................................................................................................................4

PTLAR: Partial Area (3000h~3003h)................................................................................................................................4

TEOFF: Tearing Effect Line OFF (3400h)........................................................................................................................4

TEON: Tearing Effect Line ON (3500h) ...........................................................................................................................4

MADCTL: Memory Data Access Control (3600h)...........................................................................................................4

IDMOFF: Idle Mode Off (3800h) .......................................................................................................................................4


IDMON: Idle Mode On (3900h) .........................................................................................................................................4

COLMOD: Interface Pixel Format (3A00h)......................................................................................................................4

RAMWRC: Memory Write Continue (3C00h) ..................................................................................................................4


11/8/2010 4 Version 0.00
With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RAMRDC: Memory Read Continue (3E00h) ...................................................................................................................4

STESL: Set Tearing Effect Scan Line (4400h~4401h)....................................................................................................4

GSL: Get Scan Line (4500h~4501h) ................................................................................................................................4

DPCKRGB: Display Clock in RGB Interface (4A00h) ....................................................................................................4


DSTBON: Deep Standby Mode On (4F00h) ....................................................................................................................4

WRPFD: Write Profile Value for Display (5000h~500Fh) ...............................................................................................4

WRDISBV: Write Display Brightness (5100h) ................................................................................................................4

RDDISBV: Read Display Brightness (5200h) .................................................................................................................4

WRCTRLD: Write CTRL Display (5300h) ........................................................................................................................4

RDCTRLD: Read CTRL Display Value (5400h)...............................................................................................................4

WRCABC: Write Content Adaptive Brightness Control (5500h) ..................................................................................4

RDCABC: Read Content Adaptive Brightness Control (5600h) ...................................................................................4

WRHYSTE: Write Hysteresis (5700h~573Fh) .................................................................................................................4

WRGAMMSET: Write Gamma Setting (5800h~5807h) ...................................................................................................4

RDFSVM: Read FS Value MSBs (5A00h) ........................................................................................................................4

RDFSVL: Read FS Value LSBs (5B00h)..........................................................................................................................4

RDMFFSVM: Read Median Filter FS Value MSBs (5C00h) ............................................................................................4

RDMFFSVL: Read Median Filter FS Value LSBs (5D00h)..............................................................................................4


WRCABCMB: Write CABC minimum brightness (5E00h).............................................................................................4

RDCABCMB: Read CABC minimum brightness (5F00h) ..............................................................................................4

WRLSCC: Write Light Sensor Compensation Coefficient Value (6500h~6501h) ........................................................4

RDLSCCM: Read Light Sensor Compensation Coefficient Value MSBs (6600h) .......................................................4

RDLSCCL: Read Light Sensor Compensation Coefficient Value LSBs (6700h) .........................................................4

RDBWLB: Read Black/White Low Bits (7000h)..............................................................................................................4


RDBkx: Read Bkx (7100h) ...............................................................................................................................................4

RDBky: Read Bky (7200h) ...............................................................................................................................................4

RDWx: Read Wx (7300h)..................................................................................................................................................4

RDWy: Read Wy (7400h)..................................................................................................................................................4

RDRGLB: Read Red/Green Low Bits (7500h) ................................................................................................................4

RDRx: Read Rx (7600h) ...................................................................................................................................................4

RDRy: Read Ry (7700h) ...................................................................................................................................................4

RDGx: Read Gx (7800h) ...................................................................................................................................................4


RDGy: Read Gy (7900h) ...................................................................................................................................................4

RDBALB: Read Blue/AColor Low Bits (7A00h) .............................................................................................................4

RDBx: Read Bx (7B00h)...................................................................................................................................................4


11/8/2010 5 Version 0.00
With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RDBy: Read By (7C00h)...................................................................................................................................................4

RDAx: Read Ax (7D00h)...................................................................................................................................................4

RDAy: Read Ay (7E00h) ...................................................................................................................................................4

RDDDBS: Read DDB Start (A100h~A104h) ....................................................................................................................4


RDDDBC: Read DDB Continue (A800h~A804h).............................................................................................................4

RDFCS: Read First Checksum (AA00h) .........................................................................................................................4

RDCCS: Read Continue Checksum (AF00h)..................................................................................................................4

RDID1: Read ID1 Value (DA00h)......................................................................................................................................4

RDID2: Read ID2 Value (DB00h)......................................................................................................................................4

RDID3: Read ID3 Value (DC00h)......................................................................................................................................4

7 REFERENCE APPLICATIONS.............................................................................................................................4
7.1 MICROPROCESSOR INTERFACE ..............................................................................................................................4
7.2 CONNECTIONS WITH PANEL ...................................................................................................................................4

11/8/2010 6 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

REVISION HISTORY
Prepared Checked Approved
Version Contents Date
by by by
0.00 Original Kevin SW Dennis 2010/11/3

11/8/2010 7 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

1 DESCRIPTION
1.1 Purpose of this Document
This document has been created to provide complete reference specifications for the NT35510. IC design
engineers should refer to these specifications when designing ICs, test engineers when testing the compliance of
manufactured ICs to guarantee their performance, and application engineers when helping customers to make
sure they are using this IC properly.
1.2 General Description
The NT35510 device is a single-chip solution for a-Si TFT LCD that incorporates gate drivers and is capable of
480RGBx864, 480RGBx854, 480RGBx800, 480RGBx720, 480RGBx640 with internal CGRAM. It includes a
9,953,280 bits internal memory, a timing controller with glass interface level-shifters and a glass power supply
circuit..
The NT35510 supports MDDI interface, MIPI Interface, 16/18/24 bits RGB interface, 8/16/24-bit system interfaces,
serial peripheral interfaces (SPI) and I2C interface. The specified window area can be updated selectively, so that
moving pictures can be displayed simultaneously independent of the still picture area.
The NT35510 is also able to make gamma correction settings separately for RGB dots to allow benign
adjustments to panel characteristics, resulting in higher display qualities. The IC possesses internal GRAM that
stores 480-RGB x 864-dot 16.77M-color images. A deep standby mode is also supported for lower power
consumption.
This LSI is suitable for small or medium-sized portable mobile solutions requiring long-term driving capabilities,
including bi-directional pagers, digital audio players, cellular phones and handheld PDA..

11/8/2010 8 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

2 FEATURES
◆ Single chip WVGA a-Si TFT LCD Controller/driver with Display RAM.
◆ Display resolution option
- 480RGB x 864 with 480x24-bitsx 864 GRAM
- 480RGB x 854 with 480x24-bitsx 854 GRAM
- 480RGB x 800 with 480x24-bitsx 800 GRAM
- 480RGB x 720 with 480x24-bitsx 720 GRAM
- 480RGB x 640 with 480x24-bitsx 640 GRAM
◆ Display data RAM (frame memory): 480 x 864 x 24-bits = 9,953,280 bits
◆ Display mode (Color mode)
- Full color mode: 16.7M-colors
- Reduce color mode: 262K colors
- Reduce color mode: 65K colors
- Idle mode: 8-colors
◆ Interface
- 8-/16-/24-bits 80-series MPU interface
- 16-bit serial peripheral interface
- I2C interface
- 16-/18-/24-bits RGB interface (DE mode and SYNC mode with polarity of HS/VS can be set by register)
- MIPI Display Serial Interface (DSI V1.01 r11 and D-PHY V1.0, 1 clock and 1 or 2 data lane pairs)
- Mobile Display Digital Interface (MDDI V1.2, 1 strobe and 1 or 2 data lane pairs)
◆ Display features
- Window address functions for specifying a rectangular area on the internal RAM to write data
- Individual gamma correction setting for RGB dots
- Deep standby function
◆ On chip
- VGHO/VGLO voltage generator for gate control signal and panel
- Oscillator for display clock
- Supports gate control signals to gate driver in the panel
- On module color characteristics
- On module checksums checking
- Four GPO (General Purpose Output) pins for external control
◆ Supply voltage range
- I/O supply voltage range for VDDI to VSSI: 1.65V ~ 3.3V (VDDI) or 1.1 ~ 1.3V (VDDIL)
- Analog supply voltage range for VDDB/VDDA/VDDR to VSSB/VSSA/VSSR: 2.3V ~ 4.8V
- MIPI/MDDI regulator supply voltage range for VDDAM to VSSAM: 2.3V ~ 4.8V

11/8/2010 9 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

◆ Output voltage levels


- Positive gate driver voltage range for VGH: AVDD+VDDB ~ 2xAVDD - AVEE
- Negative gate driver voltage range for VGLX: AVEE+VCL ~ 2xAVEE-AVDD
- Step-up 1 output voltage range for AVDD: 4.5 ~ 6.5V
- Step-up 2 output voltage range for AVEE: -4.5 ~ -6.5V
- Positive gamma high voltage range for VGMP: 3.0 ~ 6.3V (AVDD-0.3V)
- Positive gamma low voltage range for VGSP: 0.0, 0.3 ~ 3.7V
- Negative gamma high voltage range for VGMN: -3.0 ~ -6.3V (AVEE+0.3V)
- Negative gamma low voltage range for VGSN: 0.0, -0.3 ~ -3.7V
- Common electrode voltage range for VCOM: 0.0 ~ -3.5V (VCL+0.3V)
- Panel voltage range for VRGH: 1.0V ~ 6.0V(AVDD-0.3V)

11/8/2010 10 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

3 BLOCK DIAGRAM

WVGA Panel
(a-Si GOA LCD)

S1~S1440 GOUT1~GOUT32

VCOM VGHO VGLO LVGL


…………… VRGH
Gate
VDDI
VDDR, VDDA, VDDB
Bias
1440 Source Output VDDAM
AVDD Level Shift Gen. VSSI
(VGHO/VGLO) VSSR, VSSA, VSSB
Gamma
DA Converter AVSS
Gen.
VSSAM
Level Shift AVDD
Timing Gen
C11P/C11N
VGMP Gamma Data Latch C12P/C12N
VGSP High/Low
VGMN C13P/C13N
Voltage Gen. Charge
VGSN C14P/C14N
Pump
AVEE
(1&2)
VREF C21P/C21N
VREF_PWR DDRAM C22P/C22N
Gen.
AVDD C23P/C23N
480 x 24 x 864 C24P/C24N
VCOM
VCOM
Gen OSC
Address VRGH Gen VRGH
VDDR Counter

AVDD VCL
DVDD DVDD SRAM Data AVEE C31P/C31N
Gen Gen. Charge C32P/C32N
DVSS
Pump VGH
Command (3&4&5) C41P/C41N
Decoder VGLX
EXTP C51P/C51N
CSP VGL
PFM1/2
CSN VGLX VGL_REG Gen VGL_REG
EXTN
VDDAM VREFCP
VREFCP
MTP_PWR MTP Gen

MIPI/MDDI MVDDL
DIOPWR VDDR
DIOPWR Voltage Gen
Gen MVDDA

MPU / RGB / Serial / I2C Interface & Data Latch MIPI/MDDI LABC
(8/16/24 bit MPU, SPI, I2C, 16/18/24 bit RGB) & LEDON
Interface
CABC LEDPWM
RGBBP
I2C_SA0
IM[3:0]
ERR
TE_R/L
D0~D23
D/CX
SDO
SDI / I2C_SDA
WRX / SCL / I2C_SCL

CSX
HS
VS
DE
PCLK
RESX

NBWSEL
VSEL

HSSI_DATA0_P
HSSI_DATA0_N
HSSI_CLK_P
HSSI_CLK_N
HSSI_DATA1_P
HSSI_DATA1_N
LANSEL

DSTB_SEL
DSWAP
PSWAP
GPO[3:0]
VGSW[3:0]

RDX

11/8/2010 11 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

4 PIN DESCRIPTION
4.1 Power Supply Pins
Symbol Name Description

Power supply for DC/DC converter


VDDB DC/DC Power
VDDB, VDDA and VDDR should be the same input voltage level
Power supply for analog system
VDDA Analog Power
VDDB, VDDA and VDDR should be the same input voltage level
Power supply for regulator system
VDDR Regulator Power
VDDB, VDDA and VDDR should be the same input voltage level
VDD_DET Detection Power Connect to VDDB/VDDA/VDDR for detection.

VDDAM MIPI Power Power supply for MIPI/MDDI analog regulator system

VDDI I/O Power Power supply for interface system except MIPI/MDDI interface
Regulator output for logic system power (1.55V typical)
DVDD Digital Voltage
Connect a capacitor for stabilization.
Regulator output for dual I/O voltage system (1.2V/1.8V typical).
DIOPWR Dual I/O Voltage
Connect a capacitor for stabilization.
Regulator output for internal MIPI/MDDI analog system (1.5V typical)
MIPI/MDDI
MVDDA Connect a capacitor for stabilization.
Voltage
If not use MIPI/MDDI interface, please open this pin.
Regulator output for internal MIPI low power system (1.2V typical)
MVDDL MIPI Voltage Connect a capacitor for stabilization.
If not use MIPI interface, please open this pin
VSSB DC/DC GND System ground for DC/DC converter

VSSA Analog GND System ground for analog system

VSSR Regulator GND System ground for regulator system

VSSAM MIPI GND System ground for internal MIPI/MDDI analog system

VSSI I/O GND System ground for interface system except MIPI/MDDI interface

DVSS Digital GND System ground for internal digital system

AVSS Source OP GND System ground for source OP system.


MTP programming power supply pin (7.5 to 8.0V and 7.75V typical)
MTP_PWR MTP Power
Must be left open or connected to DVSS in normal condition.

11/8/2010 12 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

4.2 80-System Interface Pins


Symbol I/O Description
Chip select input pin (“Low” enable) in 80-series MPU I/F and SPI I/F.
CSX I
This pin is not used for I2C, MIPI or MDDI I/F, please connect to VSSI this pin.
WRX: Writes strobe signal to write data when WRX is “Low” in 80-series MPU I/F.
WRX / SCL / SCL: A synchronous clock signal in SPI I/F.
I
I2C_SCL I2C_SCL: Serial input clock in I2C I/F.
This pin is not used for MIPI I/F, please connect to VSSI this pin.
Reads strobe signal to write data when RDX is “Low” in 80-series MPU interface.
RDX I
This pin is not used for 16-bit SPI, I2C, MIPI or MDDI I/F, please connect to VSSI this pin.
Display data / command selection in 80-series MPU I/F.
D/CX = ”0” : Command
D/CX I
D/CX = ”1” : Display data or Parameter
This pin is not used for 16-bit SPI, I2C, MIPI or MDDI I/F, please connect to VSSI this pin.
24-bit bi-directional data bus for 80-series MPU I/F and 24-bit input data bus for RGB I/F.
For 8080-series MPU I/F:
8-bit interface: D[7:0] are used, D[23:8] should be connected to VSSI
D[23:0] I/O 16-bit interface: D[15:0] are used, D[23:16] should be connected to VSSI
24-bit interface: D[23:0] are used
These pins are not used for 16-bit SPI, I2C, MIPI or MDDI I/F, please connect to VSSI these
pins.
NOTE: “1” = VDDI level, “0” = VSSI level.

4.3 SPI /I2C Interface Pins


Symbol I/O Description
Chip select input pin (“Low” enable) in 80-series MPU I/F and SPI I/F.
CSX I
This pin is not used for I2C, MIPI or MDDI I/F, please connect to VSSI this pin.
Writes strobe signal to write data when WRX is “Low” in 80-series MPU I/F.
WRX / SCL / SCL: A synchronous clock signal in SPI I/F.
I
I2C_SCL I2C_SCL: Serial input clock in I2C I/F.
This pin is not used for MIPI I/F, please connect to VSSI this pin.
SCL: Serial input signal in SPI I/F. The data is input on the rising/falling edge of the SCL signal.
I2C_SDA: Serial input/output signal in I2C I/F. The data is input/output on the rising edge of the
SDI / I2C_SDA I/O
I2C_SCL signal.
This pin is not used for 80-series MPU, MIPI or MDDI I/F, please connect to VSSI this pin.
Serial output signal in SPI I/F. The data is output on the rising/falling edge of the SCL signal. If
the host places the SDI line into high-impedance state during the read interval, the SDI and SDO
SDO O
can be tied together.
This pin is not used for 80-series MPU, I2C, MIPI or MDDI I/F, please open this pin.
NOTE: “1” = VDDI level, “0” = VSSI level.

11/8/2010 13 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

4.4 RGB Interface Pins


Symbol I/O Description
Pixel clock signal in RGB I/F.
PCLK I
This pin is not used for 80-series MPU, MIPI or MDDI I/F, please connect to VSSI this pin.
Vertical sync. Signal in RGB I/F.
VS I
This pin is not used for 80-series MPU, MIPI or MDDI I/F, please connect to VSSI this pin.
Horizontal sync. Signal in RGB I/F.
HS I
This pin is not used for 80-series MPU, MIPI or MDDI I/F, please connect to VSSI this pin.
Data enable signal in RGB I/F mode 1.
DE I This pin is not used for RGB mode 2, 80-series MPU, MIPI or MDDI I/F, please connect to VSSI
this pin.
24-bit bi-directional data bus for 80-series MPU I/F and 24-bit input data bus for RGB I/F..
For RGB I/F:
16-bit/pixel: D[20:16]=R[4:0], D[13:8]=G[5:0] and D[4:0]=B[4:0], connect unused pins to VSSI
D[23:0] I/O
18-bit/pixel: D[21:16]=R[5:0], D[13:8]=G[5:0] and D[5:0]=B[5:0], connect unused pins to VSSI
24-bit/pixel: D[23:16]=R[7:0], D[15:8]=G[7:0] and D[7:0]=B[7:0]
These pins are not used for MIPI or MDDI I/F, please connect to VSSI these pins.
NOTE: “1” = VDDI level, “0” = VSSI level.

11/8/2010 14 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

4.5 MIPI/MDDI Interface Pins


Symbol I/O Description
-These pins are DSI-CLK+/- differential clock signals if MIPI interface is used.
-These pins are MDDI_STB_P/M differential strobe signals if MDDI interface is used.
HSSI_CLK_P
I -HSSI_CLK_P/N are differential small amplitude signals. Ensure the trace length is shortest so
HSSI_CLK_N
that the COG resistance is less than 10 ohm.
-If not used, please connect these pins to VSSAM.
-These pins are DSI-D0+/- differential data signals if MIPI interface is used.
-These pins are MDDI_DATA0_P/M differential strobe signals if MDDI interface is used.
HSSI_D0_P
I/O -HSSI_D0_P/N are differential small amplitude signals. Ensure the trace length is shortest so
HSSI_D0_N
that the COG resistance is less than 10 ohm.
-If not used, please connect these pins to VSSAM.
-These pins are DSI-D1+/- differential data signals if MIPI interface is used.
-These pins are MDDI_DATA1_P/M differential strobe signals if MDDI interface is used.
HSSI_D1_P
I -HSSI_D1_P/N are differential small amplitude signals. Ensure the trace length is shortest so
HSSI_D1_N
that the COG resistance is less than 10 ohm.
-If not used, please connect these pins to VSSAM.
CRC and ECC error output pin for MIPI interface. This pin is output low when it is not activated.
ERR O When this pin is activated, it output high if CRC/ECC error found.
If not used, please open this pin.
Input pin to select 1 data lane or 2 data lanes in MIPI/MDDI interface.
LANSEL Data Lane of MIPI/MDDI
LANSEL I 0 1 data lane
1 2 data lanes
If not used, please connect to VSSI.
Input pin to select HSSI_D0/D1 data lane sequence and polarity in high speed interface only.
For MIPI interface, both DSWAP and PSWAP function are available.
For MDDI interface, only PSWAP function is available. Please connect DSWAP pin to VSSI.
Pin Name HSSI_D0_P HSSI_D0_N HSSI_CLK_P HSSI_CLK_N HSSI_D1_P HSSI_D1_N
DSWAP=0
DSI-D0+ DSI-D0- DSI-CLK+ DSI-CLK- DSI-D1+ DSI-D1-
PSWAP=0
DSWAP
I DSWAP=0
PSWAP Input DSI-D0- DSI-D0+ DSI-CLK- DSI-CLK+ DSI-D1- DSI-D1+
PSWAP=1
MIPI
DSWAP=1
Signal DSI-D1+ DSI-D1- DSI-CLK+ DSI-CLK- DSI-D0+ DSI-D0-
PSWAP=0
DSWAP=1
DSI-D1- DSI-D1+ DSI-CLK- DSI-CLK+ DSI-D0- DSI-D0+
PSWAP=1
If not used, please connect to VSSI.

11/8/2010 15 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

4.6 Interface Logic Pins


Symbol I/O Description
This signal will reset the device and must be applied to properly initialize the chip.
Signal is active low.
The input voltage range for RESX pin is related to DSTB_SEL and VSEL pins.
Input Voltage Level (DSTB_SEL=”0”) Min. Max. Unit
Logic High level input voltage 0.7xVDDI VDDI V
VDDI=1.65~3.3V
Logic Low level input voltage VSSI 0.3xVDDI V
Logic High level input voltage 0.88 1.35 V
VDDI=1.1~1.3V
RESX I Logic Low level input voltage VSSI 0.55 V

VDDI=1.65~3.3V VDDIL=1.1~1.3V
Input Voltage Level (DSTB_SEL=”1”) Unit
Min. Max. Min. Max.
VSEL Logic High level input voltage 0.7xVDDI VDDI 1.155 1.95 V
=High Logic Low level input voltage VSSI 0.3xVDDI VSSI 0.585 V
VSEL Logic High level input voltage 0.88 1.35V 0.88 1.35V V
=Low Logic Low level input voltage VSSI 0.55 VSSI 0.55 V

Tearing effect output pin to synchronize MCU to frame writing, activated by S/W command.
TE
O When this pin is not activated, this pin is output low.
(TE_L)
If not used, please open this pin.
Tearing effect output pin to synchronize MCU to frame writing, activated by S/W command.
TE_R O The same output signal as TE (TE_L) pin.
If not used, please open this pin.
Interface type selection. The connections of IM[3:0] which not shown in table are invalid.
IM[3:0] Display Data Command
0000 80-series 8-bit MPU I/F, D[7:0] 80-series 8-bit MPU I/F, D[7:0]
0001 80-series 16-bit MPU I/F, D[15:0] 80-series 16-bit MPU I/F, D[15:0]
0010 80-series 24-bit MPU I/F, D[23:0] 80-series 24-bit MPU I/F, D[23:0]
0011 RGB I/F, D[23:0] 16-bit SPI (SCL rising edge trigger), SDI/SDO
1011 RGB I/F, D[23:0] 16-bit SPI (SCL falling edge trigger), SDI/SDO
0100 RGB I/F, D[23:0] I2C I/F, I2C_SDA
IM[3:0] I
MIPI DSI, MIPI DSI,
0101
HSSI_D0_P/N, HSSI_D1_P/N HSSI_D0_P/N, HSSI_D1_P/N
MDDI, MDDI, HSSI_D0_P/N, HSSI_D1_P/N
0110
HSSI_D0_P/N, HSSI_D1_P/N 16-bit SPI (SCL rising edge trigger), SDI/SDO
MDDI, MDDI, HSSI_D0_P/N, HSSI_D1_P/N
1110
HSSI_D0_P/N, HSSI_D1_P/N 16-bit SPI (SCL falling edge trigger), SDI/SDO
MDDI, MDDI, HSSI_D0_P/N, HSSI_D1_P/N
0111
HSSI_D0_P/N, HSSI_D1_P/N I2C I/F, I2C_SDA serial data
Display data written path control in RGB interface.
RGBBP=”0”, display data written to frame memory.
RGBBP I RGBBP=”1”, display data written to line buffer (frame memory by pass mode)
When not used in other interfaces, please connect to VSSI.

11/8/2010 16 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

Select the I2C interface address from MPU. If not used, please connect to VSSI.
I2C_SA0 Slave Address
I2C_SA0 I 0 10011 00
1 10011 01

Input pin to switch the I/O voltage.


This VSEL function only apply for RESX, TE, LEDPWM, LEDON, KBBC pins.
The VSEL dual IO function is valid when DSTB_SEL=”1”.
Output Voltage Level
DSTB_SEL VDDI VSEL DIOPWR LEDON
TE
LEDPWM
1.65~3.3V
VOH=VDDI VOH=VDDI or VDDA
0 or X Off
VOL=VSSI VOL=VSSI
1.1~1.3V
VOH=1.2V VOH=1.2V
Low 1.2V
VOL=VSSI VOL=VSSI
VSEL I 1 1.65~3.3V
VOH=VDDI or DIOPWR VOH=VDDI or VDDA
High 1.8V
VOL=VSSI VOL=VSSI
VOH=1.2V VOH=1.2V
Low 1.2V
VOL=VSSI VOL=VSSI
1 1.1~1.3V
VOH=1.8V VOH=1.8V
High 1.8V
VOL=VSSI VOL=VSSI
The input voltage range for VSEL pin:
Input Voltage Level Min. Max. Unit
Logic High level input voltage 0.88 VDDI V
Logic Low level input voltage VSSI 0.55 V
If not used, please connect to VDDI.
General purpose output pins. The output voltage swing is VDDI to VSSI.
GPO[3:0] O
If not used, please open these pins.
VGSW[3:0] I Input pin to select the different application.
Input pin to select the external AVDD DC/DC voltage.
EXB1T AVDD Voltage
EXB1T I 0 Use internal DC/DC for AVDD
1 Use external DC/DC for AVDD
If not used, please connect to VSSI.

Input pin to select the voltage sequence of V0 ~ V255.


NBWSEL V0 ~ V255 voltage sequence
NBWSEL I
0 V(00h)>V(01h)>…>V(FEh)>V(FFh) (Normally White)
1 V(00h)<V(01h)<…<V(FEh)<V(FFh) (Normally Black)

Input pin to control DIOPWR regulator on/off.


DSTB_SEL DIOPWR Regulator VSEL Function
DSTB_SEL I 0 DIOPWR Off Invalid
1 DIOPWR On Valid

NOTE: “1” = VDDI level, “0” = VSSI level.

11/8/2010 17 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

4.7 Driver Output Pins


Symbol I/O Description
S1 ~ S1440 O Pixel electrode driving output.
Gate control signals for panel.
GOUT1 ~ GOUT32 O
The swing voltage level is VGHO to VGLO

SDUM0~3 O Dummy Source, leave it Open if not used

VGHO O High voltage level for gate control signals and gate circuit of panel.

VGLO O Low voltage level for gate control signals and gate circuit of panel.

LVGL O Low voltage level for gate circuit of panel.

Regulator output for common voltage of panel.


VCOM O
Connect a capacitor for stabilization.

11/8/2010 18 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

4.8 DC/DC Converter Pins


Symbol I/O Description
Output voltage from step-up circuit 1, generated from VDDB.
AVDD O
Connect a capacitor for stabilization.
Output voltage from step-up circuit 2, generated from VDDB.
AVEE O
Connect a capacitor for stabilization.
Output voltage from step-up circuit 3, generated from VDDB.
VCL O
Connect a capacitor for stabilization.
Output voltage from step-up circuit 4.
VGH O
Connect a capacitor for stabilization.
Output voltage from step-up circuit 5.
VGLX O
Connect a capacitor for stabilization.
Substrate voltage for driver IC.
VGL I
Please connect VGL to VGLX.
C11P, C11N
C12P, C12N Capacitor connection pins for the step-up circuit which generate AVDD.
O
C13P, C13N Connect capacitor as requirement. When not in used, please open these pins.
C14P, C14N
C21P, C21N
C22P, C22N Capacitor connection pins for the step-up circuit which generate AVEE.
O
C23P, C23N Connect capacitor as requirement. When not in used, please open these pins.
C24P, C24N
C31P, C31N Capacitor connection pins for the step-up circuit which generate VCL.
O
C32P, C32N Connect capacitor as requirement.
Capacitor connection pins for the step-up circuit which generate VGH.
C41P, C41N O
Connect capacitor as requirement.
Capacitor connection pins for the step-up circuit which generate VGLX.
C51P, C51N O
Connect capacitor as requirement.
Output voltage generated from AVDD.
VRGH O
Connect a capacitor for stabilization. When not in use, please open this pin.
Output voltage generated from VGLX. LDO output used for panel voltage.
VGL_REG O
Connect a capacitor for stabilization. When not in use, please open this pin.
PFM1 control output for DC/DC converter to generate AVDD.
EXTP O
Connect to gate of external NMOS device. When not in use, please open this pin.
PFM2 control output for DC/DC converter to generate AVEE.
EXTN O
Connect to gate of external PMOS device. When not in use, please open this pin.
Current sensing input for PFM1 DC/DC converter (generate AVDD).
CSP I
When not in use, please connect to VSSB.
Current sensing input for PFM2 DC/DC converter (generate AVEE).
CSN I
When not in use, please connect to VSSB.
Regulator output for power voltage.
VREF_PWR O
Connect a capacitor for stabilization.
Reference voltage for internal voltage generating circuit.
VREFCP O
Connect capacitor for stabilization.

11/8/2010 19 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

Symbol I/O Description


VGMP O Output voltage generated from AVDD. LDO output for positive gamma high voltage generator.

VGSP O Output voltage generated from AVDD. LDO output for positive gamma low voltage generator.

VGMN O Output voltage generated from AVEE. LDO output for negative gamma high voltage generator.

VGSN O Output voltage generated from AVEE. LDO output for negative gamma low voltage generator.

11/8/2010 20 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

4.9 LABC and CABC Control Pins


Symbol I/O Description
This pin is connect to the external LED driver.
LEDON O It is a LED driver control signal which is used for turning ON/OFF the LED backlight.
If not used, please open this pin.
This pin is connect to the external LED driver.
It is a PWM type control signal for brightness of the LED backlight. The width of LEDPWM
LEDPWM O
signal is set from 256 values between 0% (Low) and 100% (High)
If not used, please open this pin.

11/8/2010 21 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

4.10 Test Pins


Symbol I/O Description
PADA1
- These test pins for chip attachment detection.
PADA2
PADA1 to PADA4 are output pins and PADB1 to PADB4 are input pins.
PADA3
- For normal operation:
PADA4
I/O Connect PADA1 and PADB1 together by ITO trace.
PADB1
Connect PADA2 and PADB2 together by ITO trace.
PADB2
Connect PADA3 and PADB3 together by ITO trace.
PADB3
Connect PADA4 and PADB4 together by ITO trace.
PADB4
CONTACT1A,
CONTACT1B, - Test pin, for test bonding quality, IC internal will connect
I/O
CONTACT2A, CONTACT1A with CONTACT1B, CONTACT2A with CONTACT2B
CONTACT2B
AVSS_AVDD I Test pin, must be connected to AVSS

AVEE_AVSS I Test pin, must be connected to AVEE

VCL_VDDB I Test pin, must be connected to VCL

VCL_AVSS I Test pin, must be connected to VCL

VGMN_VGMP I Test pin, must be connected to VGMN

VGSN_VGSP I Test pin, must be connected to VGSN

KBBC O Test pin, not accessible to user. Must be left open.

TEST0~7 I/O Test pin, not accessible to user. Must be left open.

OSC_TEST I/O Test pin, not accessible to user, Must left open

Use them to fix the electrical potentials of unused interface pins and fixed pins.
VDDI_OPT1~2 O
When not in use, leave it open.
Use them to fix the electrical potentials of unused interface pins and fixed pins.
VSSI_OPT1 O
When not in use, leave it open.
-These pins are dummy with VSSI potential (not have any function inside).
VSSIDUM0~106 O
-Signal traces can’t pass through on glass under these pads.

11/8/2010 22 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
5.1 MPU Interface
NT35510 can interface with MPU at high speed. However, if the interface cycle time is faster than the limit, MPU
needs to have dummy wait(s) to meet the cycle time limit.
5.1.1 Interface Type Selection
The selection of a given interfaces are done by setting IM3, IM2, IM1 and IM0 pins as show in Table 5.1.1
Table 5.1.1 Interface Type Selection
IM3 IM2 IM1 IM0 SRAM Register
0 0 0 0 80-series 8-bit MPU interface, D[7:0] 80-series 8-bit MPU interface, D[7:0]
0 0 0 1 80-series 16-bit MPU interface, D[15:0] 80-series 16-bit MPU interface, D[15:0]
0 0 1 0 80-series 24-bit MPU interface, D[23:0] 80-series 24-bit MPU interface, D[23:0]
0 0 1 1 RGB interface, D[23:0] 16-bit SPI, SDI/SDO serial data, SCL rising trigger
1 0 1 1 RGB interface, D[23:0] 16-bit SPI, SDI/SDO serial data, SCL falling trigger
0 1 0 0 RGB interface, D[23:0] I2C interface, I2C_SDA serial data
0 1 0 1 MIPI DSI, HSSI_D0_P/N, HSSI_D1_P/N MIPI DSI, HSSI_D0_P/N, HSSI_D1_P/N
MDDI, HSSI_D0_P/N, HSSI_D1_P/N
0 1 1 0 MDDI, HSSI_D0_P/N, HSSI_D1_P/N
SPI, SDI/SDO serial data, SCL rising trigger
MDDI, HSSI_D0_P/N, HSSI_D1_P/N
1 1 1 0 MDDI, HSSI_D0_P/N, HSSI_D1_P/N
SPI, SDI/SDO serial data, SCL falling trigger
MDDI, HSSI_D0_P/N, HSSI_D1_P/N
0 1 1 1 MDDI, HSSI_D0_P/N, HSSI_D1_P/N
I2C interface, I2C_SDA serial data
Note: “X” = Don’t care.

11/8/2010 23 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.1.2 80-series MPU Interface


The MCU uses an 11-wires 8-data or 19-wires 16-data or 27-wires 24-data parallel interface.
The chip-select CSX (active low) enables and disables the parallel interface. WRX is the parallel data write, RDX
is the parallel data read and D[23:0] is parallel data.
The Graphics Controller Chip reads the data at the rising edge of WRX signal. The D/CX is the data/command
flag. When D/CX=’1’, D[23:0] bits are display RAM data or command parameters. When D/C=’0’, D[23:0] bits are
commands.
The 8080-series bi-directional interface can be used for communication between the micro controller and LCD
driver chip. Interface bus width can be selected with IM3,IM2, IM1 and IM0.
The interface functions of 80-series parallel interface are given in Table 5.1.2.
Table 5.1.2 Parallel interface function (80-Series)
IM3 IM2 IM1 IM0 Interface D/CX RDX WRX Function
0 1 ↑ Write 16-bit command, D[7:0]
1 1 ↑ Write 16/18/24-bit display data or 16-bit parameter, D[7:0]
0 0 0 0 8-bit Parallel
1 ↑ 1 Read 16/18/24-bit display data, D[7:0]
1 ↑ 1 Read 16-bit parameter or status, D[7:0]
0 1 ↑ Write 16-bit command, D[7:0]
1 1 ↑ Write 16/18/24-bit display data or 16-bit parameter, D[15:0]
0 0 0 1 16-bit Parallel
1 ↑ 1 Read 16/18/24-bit display data, D[15:0]
1 ↑ 1 Read 16-bit parameter or status, D[15:0]
0 1 ↑ Write 16-bit command, D[23:0]
1 1 ↑ Write 16/18/24-bit display data or 16-bit parameter, D[23:0]
0 0 1 0 24-bit Parallel
1 ↑ 1 Read 16/18/24-bit display data, D[23:0]
1 ↑ 1 Read 16-bit parameter or status, D[23:0]

11/8/2010 24 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.1.2.1 WRITE CYCLE SEQUENCE


The write cycle means that the host writes information (command or/and data) to the display via the interface.
Each write cycle (WRX high-low-high sequence) consists of 3 control (D/CX, RDX, WRX) and data signals
(D[23:0]). D/CX bit is a control signal, which tells if the data is a command or a data. The data signals are the
command if the control signal is low (=’0’) and vice versa it is data (=’1’).

WRX

D[23:0]

The host starts to control The display reads D[23:0] The host stops to
D[23:0] lines when there is lines when there is a control D[23:0]
a falling edge of the WRX rising edge of the WRX lines

Fig. 5.1.1 80-Series WRX protocol

1-byte command
2-byte command n-byte command (number of parameter = n-1)

S CMD CMD PA1 CMD PA1 PAn-2 PAn-1 P

CSX

D/CX

RDX

WRX

D[23:0] CMD CMD PA1 CMD PA1 PAn-2 PAn-1

Host D[23:0]
CMD CMD PA1 CMD PA1 PAn-2 PAn-1
(MPU to Driver)

Driver D[23:0] Hi-Z Hi-Z Hi-Z Hi-Z


(Driver to MPU)
CMD: Write command code
Signals on D[23:0], D/CX, RDX and WRX pins
PA: Write parameter or RAM data
””
during CSX= H are ignored

Fig. 5.1.2 80-Series parallel bus protocol, write to register or display RAM

11/8/2010 25 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.1.2.2 READ CYCLE SEQUENCE


The read cycle (RDX high-low-high sequence) means that the host reads information from display via interface.
The display sends data (D[17:0]) to the host when there is a falling edge of RDX and the host reads data when
there is a rising edge of RDX.

RDX

D[23:0]

The display starts to The display stops to


The host reads D[23:0]
control D[23:0] lines control D[23:0]
lines when there is a
when there is a falling rising edge of RDX
edge of the RDX

Fig. 5.1.3 80-Series RDX protocol

Read parameter Read display RAM data

S CMD PA CMD DM PX1 PXn-1 P

CSX

D/CX

RDX

WRX

Hi-Z Hi-Z
D[23:0] CMD DM PA CMD DM PX1 PXn-1

Host D[23:0] Hi-Z Hi-Z


CMD CMD
(MPU to Driver)

Driver D[23:0] Hi-Z Hi-Z Hi-Z Hi-Z


DM PA DM PX1 PXn-1
(Driver to MPU)
CMD: Write command code
Signals on D[23:0], D/CX, RDX and WRX pins
PA: Write parameter
PX: Write RAM data ””
during CSX= H are ignored
DM: Dummy read

Fig. 5.1.4 80-Series parallel bus protocol, read from register or display RAM

11/8/2010 26 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.1.2.3 8-BIT PARALLEL INTERFACE FOR DATA RAM WRITE


Different display data formats are available for three color depths supported by the LCM listed below.
D23 D22 D21 D20 D19 D18 D17 D16 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 Register
Register
Command x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 2Ch
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00h
3A00h D23 D22 D21 D20 D19 D18 D17 D16 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 Color
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x R4 R3 R2 R1 R0 G5 G4 G3
0005h 65K-Color
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x G2 G1 G0 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x R5 R4 R3 R2 R1 R0 x x
0006h x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x G5 G4 G3 G2 G1 G0 x x 262K-Color
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x x
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x R7 R6 R5 R4 R3 R2 R1 R0
0007h x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x G7 G6 G5 G4 G3 G2 G1 G0 16.7M-Color
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0

11/8/2010 27 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

- 65K colors, RGB is 5-6-5-bit pixel data input


CSX
D/CX

WRX

RDX "1" 8080-Series control pins

D7 0 0 R1, Bit 4 G1, Bit 2 R2, Bit 4

D6 0 0 R1, Bit 3 G1, Bit 1 R2, Bit 3

D5 1 0 R1, Bit 2 G1, Bit 0 R2, Bit 2

D4 0 0 R1, Bit 1 B1, Bit 4 R2, Bit 1

D3 1 0 R1, Bit 0 B1, Bit 3 R2, Bit 0

D2 1 0 G1, Bit 5 B1, Bit 2 G2, Bit 5

D1 0 0 - Bit 4
G1, B1, Bit 1 G2, Bit 4

D0 0 0 G1, Bit 3 B1, Bit 0 G2, Bit 3


1st Pixel 2nd Pixel
16-bit data format extends to 24-bit data format

R1[4] R1[3] R1[2] R1[1] R1[0] R1[4] R1[3] R1[2] G1[5] G1[4] G1[3] G1[2] G1[1] G1[0] G1[5] G1[4] B1[4] B1[3] B1[2] B1[1] B1[0] B1[4] B1[3] B1[2]

R1[7] R1[6] R1[5] R1[4] R1[3] R1[2] R1[1] R1[0] G1[7] G1[6] G1[5] G1[4] G1[3] G1[2] G1[1] G1[0] B1[7] B1[6] B1[5] B1[4] B1[3] B1[2] B1[1] B1[0]

24-bit

Frame
Memory
R1 G1 B1 R2 G2 B2 R3 G3 B3

NOTES:
1. 2 times transfer is used to transmit 1 pixel data with the 16-bit color depth information.
2. The most significant bits are Rx4, Gx5 and Bx4.
3. The least significant bits are Rx0, Gx0 and Bx0.

11/8/2010 28 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

- 262K colors, RGB is 6-6-6-bit pixel data input


CSX
D/CX

WRX

RDX "1" 8080-Series control pins

D7 0 0 R1, Bit 5 G1, Bit 5 B1, Bit 5

D6 0 0 R1, Bit 4 G1, Bit 4 B1, Bit 4

D5 1 0 R1, Bit 3 G1, Bit 3 B1, Bit 3

D4 0 0 R1, Bit 2 G1, Bit 2 B1, Bit 2

D3 1 0 R1, Bit 1 G1, Bit 1 B1, Bit 1

D2 1 0 R1, Bit 0 G1, Bit 0 B1, Bit 0

D1 0 0 - - - -

D0 0 0 - - -
1st Pixel
18-bit data format extends to 24-bit data format

R1[5] R1[4] R1[3] R1[2] R1[1] R1[0] R1[5] R1[4] G1[5] G1[4] G1[3] G1[2] G1[1] G1[0] G1[5] G1[4] B1[5] B1[4] B1[3] B1[2] B1[1] B1[0] B1[5] B1[4]

R1[7] R1[6] R1[5] R1[4] R1[3] R1[2] R1[1] R1[0] G1[7] G1[6] G1[5] G1[4] G1[3] G1[2] G1[1] G1[0] B1[7] B1[6] B1[5] B1[4] B1[3] B1[2] B1[1] B1[0]

24-bit

Frame
Memory
R1 G1 B1 R2 G2 B2 R3 G3 B3

NOTES:
1. 3 times transfer is used to transmit 1 pixel data with the 18-bit color depth information.
2. The most significant bits are Rx5, Gx5 and Bx5.
3. The least significant bits are Rx0, Gx0 and Bx0.

11/8/2010 29 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

- 16M colors, RGB is 8-8-8-bit pixel data input

CSX
D/CX

WRX

RDX "1" 8080-Series control pins

D7 0 0 R1, Bit 7 G1, Bit 7 B1, Bit 7

D6 0 0 R1, Bit 6 G1, Bit 6 B1, Bit 6

D5 1 0 R1, Bit 5 G1, Bit 5 B1, Bit 5

D4 0 0 R1, Bit 4 G1, Bit 4 B1, Bit 4

D3 1 0 R1, Bit 3 G1, Bit 3 B1, Bit 3

D2 1 0 R1, Bit 2 G1, Bit 2 B1, Bit 2

D1 0 0 R1, Bit 1 G1, Bit 1 B1, Bit 1

D0 0 0 R1, Bit 0 G1, Bit 0 B1, Bit 0


1st Pixel

R1[7] R1[6] R1[5] R1[4] R1[3] R1[2] R1[1] R1[0] G1[7] G1[6] G1[5] G1[4] G1[3] G1[2] G1[1] G1[0] B1[7] B1[6] B1[5] B1[4] B1[3] B1[2] B1[1] B1[0]

24-bit

Frame
Memory
R1 G1 B1 R2 G2 B2 R3 G3 B3

NOTES:
1. 3 times transfer is used to transmit 1 pixel data with the 24-bit color depth information.
2. The most significant bits are Rx7, Gx7 and Bx7.
3. The least significant bits are Rx0, Gx0 and Bx0.

11/8/2010 30 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.1.2.4 16-BIT PARALLEL INTERFACE FOR DATA RAM WRITE


Different display data formats are available for three color depths supported by the LCM listed below.
Register D23 D22 D21 D20 D19 D18 D17 D16 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 Register
Command x x x x x x x x 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2C00h
3A00h D23 D22 D21 D20 D19 D18 D17 D16 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 Color
0005h x x x x x x x x R4 R3 R2 R1 R0 G5 G4 G3 G2 G1 G0 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 65K-Color
x x x x x x x x R5 R4 R3 R2 R1 R0 x x G5 G4 G3 G2 G1 G0 x x
0006h x x x x x x x x B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x x R5 R4 R3 R2 R1 R0 x x 262K-Color
x x x x x x x x G5 G4 G3 G2 G1 G0 x x B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x x
x x x x x x x x R7 R6 R5 R4 R3 R2 R1 R0 G7 G6 G5 G4 G3 G2 G1 G0
0007h x x x x x x x x B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 R7 R6 R5 R4 R3 R2 R1 R0 16.7M-Color
x x x x x x x x G7 G6 G5 G4 G3 G2 G1 G0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0

11/8/2010 31 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

- 65K colors, RGB is 5-6-5-bit pixel data input

CSX
D/CX

WRX

RDX "1" 8080-Series control pins

D15 0 R1, 0
Bit 4 R2, Bit 4 R3, Bit 4

D14 0 R1, Bit 3 R2, Bit 3 R3, Bit 3

D13 1 R1, Bit 2 R2, Bit 2 R3, Bit 2

D12 0 R1, Bit 1 R2, Bit 1 R3, Bit 1

D11 1 R1, Bit 0 R2, Bit 0 R3, Bit 0

D10 1 G1, Bit 5 G2, Bit 5 G3, Bit 5

D9 0 G1, Bit 4 G2, Bit 4 G3, Bit 4

D8 0 G1, Bit 3 G2, Bit 3 G3, Bit 3

D7 0 G1,65
Bit 2 G2, Bit 2 G3, Bit 2

D6 0 G1, Bit 1 G2, Bit 1 G3, Bit 1

D5 0 G1, Bit 0 G2, Bit 0 G3, Bit 0

D4 0 B1, Bit 4 B2, Bit 4 B3, Bit 4

D3 0 B1, Bit 3 B2, Bit 3 B3, Bit 3

D2 0 B1, Bit 2 B2, Bit 2 B3, Bit 2

D1 0 B1, Bit 1 B2, Bit 1 B3, Bit 1

D0 0 B1, Bit 0 B2, Bit 0 B3, Bit 1


1st Pixel 2nd Pixel 3rd Pixel

16-bit data format extends to 24-bit data format

R1[4] R1[3] R1[2] R1[1] R1[0] R1[4] R1[3] R1[2] G1[5] G1[4] G1[3] G1[2] G1[1] G1[0] G1[5] G1[4] B1[4] B1[3] B1[2] B1[1] B1[0] B1[4] B1[3] B1[2]

R1[7] R1[6] R1[5] R1[4] R1[3] R1[2] R1[1] R1[0] G1[7] G1[6] G1[5] G1[4] G1[3] G1[2] G1[1] G1[0] B1[7] B1[6] B1[5] B1[4] B1[3] B1[2] B1[1] B1[0]

24-bit

Frame
Memory
R1 G1 B1 R2 G2 B2 R3 G3 B3

1. In one transfer (D15 to D0), 1 pixel data transmitted with the 16-bit color depth information.
2. The most significant bits are Rx4, Gx5 and Bx4.
3. The least significant bits are Rx0, Gx0 and Bx0.

11/8/2010 32 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

- 262K colors, RGB is 6-6-6-bit pixel data input

CSX
D/CX

WRX

RDX "1" 8080-Series control pins

D15 0 R1, Bit 5 B1, Bit 5 G2, Bit 5

D14 0 R1, Bit 4 B1, Bit 4 G2, Bit 4

D13 1 R1, Bit 3 B1, Bit 3 G2, Bit 3

D12 0 R1, Bit 2 B1, Bit 2 G2, Bit 2

D11 1 R1, Bit 1 B1, Bit 1 G2, Bit 1

D10 1 R1, Bit 0 B1, Bit 0 G2, Bit 0

D9 0 - - -

D8 0 - - -

D7 0 G1, Bit 5 R2, Bit 5 B2, Bit 5

D6 0 G1, Bit 4 R2, Bit 4 B2, Bit 4

D5 0 G1, Bit 3 R2, Bit 3 B2, Bit 3

D4 0 G1, Bit 2 R2, Bit 2 B2, Bit 2

D3 0 G1, Bit 1 R2, Bit 1 B2, Bit 1

D2 0 G1, Bit 0 R2, Bit 0 B2, Bit 0

D1 0 - - -

D0 0 - - -
1st Pixel 2nd Pixel

18-bit data format extends to 24-bit data format

R1[5] R1[4] R1[3] R1[2] R1[1] R1[0] R1[5] R1[4] G1[5] G1[4] G1[3] G1[2] G1[1] G1[0] G1[5] G1[4] B1[5] B1[4] B1[3] B1[2] B1[1] B1[0] B1[5] B1[4]

R1[7] R1[6] R1[5] R1[4] R1[3] R1[2] R1[1] R1[0] G1[7] G1[6] G1[5] G1[4] G1[3] G1[2] G1[1] G1[0] B1[7] B1[6] B1[5] B1[4] B1[3] B1[2] B1[1] B1[0]

24-bit

Frame
Memory
R1 G1 B1 R2 G2 B2 R3 G3 B3

1. 3 times transfer is used to transmit 2 pixel data or 2 times transfer is used to transmit 1 pixel data with the 18-bit
color depth information.
2. The most significant bits are Rx5, Gx5 and Bx5.
3. The least significant bits are Rx0, Gx0 and Bx0.

11/8/2010 33 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

- 16M colors, RGB is 8-8-8-bit pixel data input


CSX
D/CX

WRX

RDX "1" 8080-Series control pins

D15 0 R1, Bit 7 B1, Bit 7 G2, Bit 7

D14 0 R1, Bit 6 B1, Bit 6 G2, Bit 6

D13 1 R1, Bit 5 B1, Bit 5 G2, Bit 5

D12 0 R1, Bit 4 B1, Bit 4 G2, Bit 4

D11 1 R1, Bit 3 B1, Bit 3 G2, Bit 3

D10 1 R1, Bit 2 B1, Bit 2 G2, Bit 2

D9 0 R1, Bit 1 B1, Bit 1 G2, Bit 1

D8 0 R1, Bit 0 B1, Bit 0 G2, Bit 0

D7 0 G1, Bit 7 R2, Bit 7 B2, Bit 7

D6 0 G1, Bit 6 R2, Bit 6 B2, Bit 6

D5 0 G1, Bit 5 R2, Bit 5 B2, Bit 5

D4 0 G1, Bit 4 R2, Bit 4 B2, Bit 4

D3 0 G1, Bit 3 R2, Bit 3 B2, Bit 3

D2 0 G1, Bit 2 R2, Bit 2 B2, Bit 2

D1 0 G1, Bit 1 R2, Bit 1 B2, Bit 1

D0 0 G1, Bit 0 R2, Bit 0 B2, Bit 0


1st Pixel 2nd Pixel

R1[7] R1[6] R1[5] R1[4] R1[3] R1[2] R1[1] R1[0] G1[7] G1[6] G1[5] G1[4] G1[3] G1[2] G1[1] G1[0] B1[7] B1[6] B1[5] B1[4] B1[3] B1[2] B1[1] B1[0]

24-bit

Frame
Memory
R1 G1 B1 R2 G2 B2 R3 G3 B3

1. 3 times transfer is used to transmit 2 pixel data or 2 times transfer is used to transmit 1 pixel data with the 24-bit
color depth information.
2. The most significant bits are Rx7, Gx7 and Bx7.
3. The least significant bits are Rx0, Gx0 and Bx0.

11/8/2010 34 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.1.2.5 24-BIT PARALLEL INTERFACE FOR DATA RAM WRITE


Different display data formats are available for three color depths supported by the LCM listed below.
Register D23 D22 D21 D20 D19 D18 D17 D16 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 Register
Command x x x x x x x x 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2C00h
3A00h D23 D22 D21 D20 D19 D18 D17 D16 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 Color
0005h x x x x x x x x R4 R3 R2 R1 R0 G5 G4 G3 G2 G1 G0 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 65K-Color
0006h x x x x x x R5 R4 R3 R2 R1 R0 G5 G4 G3 G2 G1 G0 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 262K-Color
0007h R7 R6 R5 R4 R3 R2 R1 R0 G7 G6 G5 G4 G3 G2 G1 G0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 16.7M-Color

11/8/2010 35 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

- 65K colors, RGB is 5-6-5-bit pixel data input


CSX
D/CX

WRX

RDX "1" 8080-Series control pins

D23 - - - -

: - - - -

D15 0 R1, Bit 4 R2, Bit 4 R3, Bit 4

D14 0 R1, Bit 3 R2, Bit 3 R3, Bit 3

D13 1 R1, Bit 2 R2, Bit 2 R3, Bit 2

D12 0 R1, Bit 1 R2, Bit 1 R3, Bit 1

D11 1 R1, Bit 0 R2, Bit 0 R3, Bit 0

D10 1 G1, Bit 5 G2, Bit 5 G3, Bit 5

D9 0 G1, Bit 4 G2, Bit 4 G3, Bit 4

D8 0 G1, Bit 3 G2, Bit 3 G3, Bit 3

D7 0 G1, Bit 2 G2, Bit 2 G3, Bit 2

D6 0 G1, Bit 1 G2, Bit 1 G3, Bit 1

D5 0 G1, Bit 0 G2, Bit 0 G3, Bit 0

D4 0 B1, Bit 4 B2, Bit 4 B3, Bit 4

D3 0 B1, Bit 3 B2, Bit 3 B3, Bit 3

D2 0 B1, Bit 2 B2, Bit 2 B3, Bit 2

D1 0 B1, Bit 1 B2, Bit 1 B3, Bit 1

D0 0 B1, Bit 0 B2, Bit 0 B3, Bit 0


1st Pixel 2nd Pixel 3rd Pixel
16-bit data format extends to 24-bit data format

R1[4] R1[3] R1[2] R1[1] R1[0] R1[4] R1[3] R1[2] G1[5] G1[4] G1[3] G1[2] G1[1] G1[0] G1[5] G1[4] B1[4] B1[3] B1[2] B1[1] B1[0] B1[4] B1[3] B1[2]

R1[7] R1[6] R1[5] R1[4] R1[3] R1[2] R1[1] R1[0] G1[7] G1[6] G1[5] G1[4] G1[3] G1[2] G1[1] G1[0] B1[7] B1[6] B1[5] B1[4] B1[3] B1[2] B1[1] B1[0]

24-bit

Frame
Memory
R1 G1 B1 R2 G2 B2 R3 G3 B3

1. In one transfer (D15 to D0), 1 pixel data transmitted with the 16-bit color depth information.
2. The most significant bits are Rx4, Gx5 and Bx4.
3. The least significant bits are Rx0, Gx0 and Bx0.

11/8/2010 36 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

- 262K colors, RGB is 6-6-6-bi pixel data t input


CSX
D/CX

WRX

RDX "1" 8080-Series control pins

D23 - - - -

: - - - -

D17 - R1, Bit 5 R2, Bit 5 R3, Bit 5

D16 - R1, Bit 4 R2, Bit 4 R3, Bit 4

D15 0 R1, Bit 3 R2, Bit 3 R3, Bit 3

D14 0 R1, Bit 2 R2, Bit 2 R3, Bit 2

D13 1 R1, Bit 1 R2, Bit 1 R3, Bit 1

D12 0 R1, Bit 0 R2, Bit 0 R3, Bit 0

D11 1 G1, Bit 5 G2, Bit 5 G3, Bit 5

D10 1 G1, Bit 4 G2, Bit 4 G3, Bit 4

D9 0 G1, Bit 3 G2, Bit 3 G3, Bit 3

D8 0 G1, Bit 2 G2, Bit 2 G3, Bit 2

D7 0 G1, Bit 1 G2, Bit 1 G3, Bit 1

D6 0 G1, Bit 0 G2, Bit 0 G3, Bit 0

D5 0 B1, Bit 5 B2, Bit 5 B3, Bit 5

D4 0 B1, Bit 4 B2, Bit 4 B3, Bit 4

: : : : :

D0 0 B1, Bit 0 B2, Bit 0 B3, Bit 0


1st Pixel 2nd Pixel 3rd Pixel
18-bit data format extends to 24-bit data format

R1[5] R1[4] R1[3] R1[2] R1[1] R1[0] R1[5] R1[4] G1[5] G1[4] G1[3] G1[2] G1[1] G1[0] G1[5] G1[4] B1[5] B1[4] B1[3] B1[2] B1[1] B1[0] B1[5] B1[4]

R1[7] R1[6] R1[5] R1[4] R1[3] R1[2] R1[1] R1[0] G1[7] G1[6] G1[5] G1[4] G1[3] G1[2] G1[1] G1[0] B1[7] B1[6] B1[5] B1[4] B1[3] B1[2] B1[1] B1[0]

24-bit

Frame
Memory
R1 G1 B1 R2 G2 B2 R3 G3 B3

1. In one transfer (D17 to D0), 1 pixel data transmitted with the 18-bit color depth information.
2. The most significant bits are Rx5, Gx5 and Bx5.
3. The least significant bits are Rx0, Gx0 and Bx0.

11/8/2010 37 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

- 16M colors, RGB is 8-8-8-bit pixel data input

CSX
D/CX

WRX

RDX "1" 8080-Series control pins

D23 - R1, Bit 7 R2, Bit 7 R3, Bit 7

D22 - R1, Bit 6 R2, Bit 6 R3, Bit 6

: - : : :

D17 - R1, Bit 1 R2, Bit 1 R3, Bit 1

D16 - R1, Bit 0 R2, Bit 0 R3, Bit 0

D15 0 G1, bit 7 G2, Bit 7 G3, Bit 7

D14 0 G1, Bit 6 G2, Bit 6 G3, Bit 6

D13 1 G2, Bit 5 G2, Bit 5 G3, Bit 5

D12 0 G1, Bit 4 G2, Bit 4 G3, Bit 4

D11 1 G1, Bit 3 G2, Bit 3 G3, Bit 3

D10 1 G1, bit 2 G2, Bit 2 G3, Bit 2

D9 0 G1, Bit 1 G2, Bit 1 G3, Bit 1

D8 0 G1, Bit 0 G2, Bit 0 G3, Bit 0

D7 0 B1, Bit 7 B2, Bit 7 B3, Bit 7

D6 0 B1, Bit 6 B2, Bit 6 B3, Bit 6

: : : : :

D1 0 B1, Bit 1 B2, Bit 1 B3, Bit 1

D0 0 B1, Bit 0 B2, Bit 0 B3, Bit 0


1st Pixel 2nd Pixel 3rd Pixel

R1[7] R1[6] R1[5] R1[4] R1[3] R1[2] R1[1] R1[0] G1[7] G1[6] G1[5] G1[4] G1[3] G1[2] G1[1] G1[0] B1[7] B1[6] B1[5] B1[4] B1[3] B1[2] B1[1] B1[0]

24-bit

Frame
Memory
R1 G1 B1 R2 G2 B2 R3 G3 B3

1. In one transfer (D23 to D0), 1 pixel data transmitted with the 24-bit color depth information.
2. The most significant bits are Rx7, Gx7 and Bx7.
3. The least significant bits are Rx0, Gx0 and Bx0.

11/8/2010 38 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.1.2.6 8-BIT PARALLEL INTERFACE FOR DATA RAM READ


The read data for RGB is 8-8-8-bit output as below.
D23 D22 D21 D20 D19 D18 D17 D16 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 Register
Register
Command x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 2Eh
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00h
D23 D22 D21 D20 D19 D18 D17 D16 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 Color
Read x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x R7 R6 R5 R4 R3 R2 R1 R0
Data x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x G7 G6 G5 G4 G3 G2 G1 G0 16.7M-Color
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0

CSX
D/CX

WRX

RDX
8080-Series control pins

D7 0 0 Dummy R1, Bit 7 G1, Bit 7 B1, Bit 7

D6 0 0 Dummy R1, Bit 6 G1, Bit 6 B1, Bit 6

D5 1 0 Dummy R1, Bit 5 G1, Bit 5 B1, Bit 5

D4 0 0 Dummy R1, Bit 4 G1, Bit 4 B1, Bit 4

D3 1 0 Dummy R1, Bit 3 G1, Bit 3 B1, Bit 3

D2 1 0 Dummy R1, Bit 2 G1, Bit 2 B1, Bit 2

D1 1 0 Dummy R1, Bit 1 G1, Bit 1 B1, Bit 1

D0 0 0 Dummy R1, Bit 0 G1, Bit 0 B1, Bit 0


1st Pixel

24-bit
Frame
Memory
R1 G1 B1 R2 G2 B2 R3 G3 B3

11/8/2010 39 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.1.2.7 16-BIT PARALLEL INTERFACE FOR DATA RAM READ


The read data for RGB is 8-8-8-bit output as below.
Register D23 D22 D21 D20 D19 D18 D17 D16 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 Register
Command x x x x x x x x 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2E00h
D23 D22 D21 D20 D19 D18 D17 D16 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 Color
Read
Data x x x x x x x x R7 R6 R5 R4 R3 R2 R1 R0 G7 G6 G5 G4 G3 G2 G1 G0
16.7M-Color
x x x x x x x x B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 x x x x x x x x

CSX
D/CX

WRX

RDX
8080-Series control pins

D15 0 Dummy R1, Bit 7 B1, Bit 7 R2, Bit 7 B2, Bit 7

D14 0 Dummy R1, Bit 6 B1, Bit 6 R2, Bit 6 B2, Bit 6

D13 1 Dummy R1, Bit 5 B1, Bit 5 R2, Bit 5 B2, Bit 5

D12 0 Dummy R1, Bit 4 B1, Bit 4 R2, Bit 4 B2, Bit 4

D11 1 Dummy R1, Bit 3 B1, Bit 3 R2, Bit 3 B2, Bit 3

D10 1 Dummy R1, Bit 2 B1, Bit 2 R2, Bit 2 B2, Bit 2

D9 1 Dummy R1, Bit 1 B1, Bit 1 R2, Bit 1 B2, Bit 1

D8 0 Dummy R1, Bit 0 B1, Bit 0 R2, Bit 0 B2, Bit 0

D7 0 Dummy G1, Bit 7 - G2, Bit 7 -

D6 0 Dummy G1, Bit 6 - G2, Bit 6 -

D5 0 Dummy G1, Bit 5 - G2, Bit 5 -

D4 0 Dummy G1, Bit 4 - G2, Bit 4 -

D3 0 Dummy G1, Bit 3 - G2, Bit 3 -

D2 0 Dummy G1, Bit 2 - G2, Bit 2 -

D1 0 Dummy G1, Bit 1 - G2, Bit 1 -

D0 0 Dummy G1, Bit 0 - G2, Bit 0 -


1st Pixel 2nd Pixel

24-bit
Frame
Memory
R1 G1 B1 R2 G2 B2 R3 G3 B3

11/8/2010 40 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.1.2.8 24-BIT PARALLEL INTERFACE FOR DATA RAM READ


The read data for RGB is 8-8-8-bit output as below.
Register D23 D22 D21 D20 D19 D18 D17 D16 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 Register
Command x x x x x x x x 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2E00h
Read D23 D22 D21 D20 D19 D18 D17 D16 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 Color
Data R7 R6 R5 R4 R3 R2 R1 R0 G7 G6 G5 G4 G3 G2 G1 G0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 16.7M-Color

CSX
D/CX

WRX

RDX
8080-Series control pins

D23 - Dummy R2, Bit 7 R3, Bit 7 R4, Bit 7

D22 - Dummy R2, Bit 6 R3, Bit 6 R4, Bit 6

D21 - Dummy R2, Bit 5 R3, Bit 5 R4, Bit 5

D20 - Dummy R2, Bit 4 R3, Bit 4 R4, Bit 4

D19 - Dummy R2, Bit 3 R3, Bit 3 R4, Bit 3

D18 - Dummy R2, Bit 2 R3, Bit 2 R4, Bit 2

D17 - Dummy R2, Bit 1 R3, Bit 1 R4, Bit 1

D16 - Dummy R2, Bit 0 R3, Bit 0 R4, Bit 0

D15 0 Dummy G2, Bit 7 G3, Bit 7 G4, Bit 7

D14 0 Dummy G2, Bit 6 G3, Bit 6 G4, Bit 6

D13 1 Dummy G2, Bit 5 G3, Bit 5 G4, Bit 5

D12 0 Dummy G2, Bit 4 G3, Bit 4 G4, Bit 4

D11 1 Dummy G2, Bit 3 G3, Bit 3 G4, Bit 3

D10 1 Dummy G2, Bit 2 G3, Bit 2 G4, Bit 2

D9 1 Dummy G2, Bit 1 G3, Bit 1 G4, Bit 1

D8 0 Dummy G2, Bit 0 G3, Bit 0 G4, Bit 0

D7 0 Dummy B2, Bit 7 B3, Bit 7 B4, Bit 7

D6 0 Dummy B2, Bit 6 B3, Bit 6 B4, Bit 6

D5 0 Dummy B2, Bit 5 B3, Bit 5 B4, Bit 5

D4 0 Dummy B2, Bit 4 B3, Bit 4 B4, Bit 4

D3 0 Dummy B2, Bit 3 B3, Bit 3 B4, Bit 3

D2 0 Dummy B2, Bit 2 B3, Bit 2 B4, Bit 2

D1 0 Dummy B2, Bit 1 B3, Bit 1 B4, Bit 1

D0 0 Dummy B2, Bit 0 B3, Bit 0 B4, Bit 0


1st Pixel 2nd Pixel 3rd Pixel

24-bit
Frame
Memory
R1 G1 B1 R2 G2 B2 R3 G3 B3

11/8/2010 41 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.1.3 Serial Interface


The selection of this interface is done by IM3, IM2, IM1 and IM0.
The serial interface can select IM3 = 0 or 1 to decide the trigger edge of serial clock (SCL) is rising edge or falling
edge. The serial interface is used to communication between the micro controller and the LCD driver chip. It
contains CSX (chip select), SCL (serial clock), SDI (serial data input) and SDO (serial data output). Serial clock
(SCL) is used for interface with MPU only, so it can be stopped when no communication is necessary. If the host
places the SDI line into high-impedance state during the read intervals, then the SDI and SDO can be tied
together.
5.1.3.1 WRITE MODE
The write mode of the interface means the micro controller writes commands and data to the NT35510. The serial
interface is initialized when CSX is high. In this state, SCL clock pulse or SDI data have no effect. A falling edge
on CSX enables the serial interface and indicates the start of data transmission.
When CSX is high, SCL clock is ignored. During the high time of CSX the serial interface is initialized. At the
falling CSX edge, SCL can be high or low (see Fig. 5.1.5). SDI/SDO are sampled at the rising edge of SCL. R/W
indicates, whether the byte is read command (R/W = '1') or write command (R/W = '0'). It is sampled when first
rising SCL edge. If CSX stays low after the last bit of command/data byte, the serial interface expects the R/W bit
of the next byte at the next rising edge of SCL.

11/8/2010 42 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

8-bit 8-bit
First
Transmit S Transmission Byte Transmission Byte P S

CSX
(Host to Driver IC)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Rising Edge, IM3 = 0)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Falling Edge, IM3 = 1)

SDI R/W D/CX H/L 0 0 0 0 0


ADD ADD ADD ADD ADD ADD ADD ADD
[15] [14] R/W D/CX H/L 0
(Host to Driver IC) [13] [12] [11] [10] [9] [8]

SDO
(Driver IC to Host) High-Z High-Z High-Z High-Z

R/W = 0 for Writing Command / Address


D/CX = 0 for Command / Address Transmission
H/L = 1 for Command / Address High Byte Transmission

8-bit 8-bit
Second
Transmit S Transmission Byte Transmission Byte P S

CSX
(Host to Driver IC)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Rising Edge, IM3 = 0)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Falling Edge, IM3 = 1)

SDI ADD ADD ADD ADD ADD ADD ADD ADD


R/W D/CX H/L 0 0 0 0 0 R/W D/CX H/L 0
(Host to Driver IC) [7] [6] [5] [4] [3] [2] [1] [0]
SDO
(Driver IC to Host) High-Z High-Z High-Z High-Z

R/W = 0 for Writing Command / Address


D/CX = 0 for Command / Address Transmission
H/L = 0 for Command / Address Low Byte Transmission

8-bit 8-bit
Third
Transmit S Transmission Byte Transmission Byte P S

CSX
(Host to Driver IC)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Rising Edge, IM3 = 0)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Falling Edge, IM3 = 1)

SDI R/W D/CX H/L 0 0 0 0 0 D[7] D[6] D[5] D[4] D[3] D[2] D[1] D[0] R/W D/CX H/L 0
(Host to Driver IC)
SDO
(Driver IC to Host) High-Z High-Z High-Z High-Z

R/W = 0 for Writing Parameter / Data


D/CX = 1 for Parameter / Data Transmission
H/L = 0 for Parameter / Data Low Byte Transmission

Fig. 5.1.5 Serial bus protocol for register write mode

11/8/2010 43 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.1.3.2 READ MODE


The read mode of the interface means that the micro controller reads register value from the NT35510. To do so
the micro controller first has to send a command and then the following byte is transmitted in the opposite
direction. After that CSX is required to go high before a new command is send (see Fig. 5.1.6). The NT35510
samples the SDI (input data) at the rising edges, but shifts SDO (output data) at the falling SCL edges. Thus the
micro controller is supported to read data at the rising SCL edges. After the read status command has been sent,
the SDI line must be set to tri-state no later than at the falling SCL edge of the last bit. For the memory data read,
a dummy clock cycle is needed (16 SCL clocks) to wait the memory data send out in SPI interface. But it doesn't
need any dummy clock when execute the command data read.

11/8/2010 44 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

8-bit 8-bit
First
Transmit S Transmission Byte Transmission Byte P S

CSX
(Host to Driver IC)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Rising Edge, IM3 = 0)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Falling Edge, IM3 = 1)

SDI R/W D/CX H/L 0 0 0 0 0


ADD ADD ADD ADD ADD ADD ADD ADD
[15] [14] R/W D/CX H/L 0
(Host to Driver IC) [13] [12] [11] [10] [9] [8]

SDO
(Driver IC to Host) High-Z High-Z High-Z High-Z

R/W = 0 for Writing Command / Address


D/CX = 0 for Command / Address Transmission
H/L = 1 for Command / Address High Byte Transmission

8-bit 8-bit
Second
Transmit S Transmission Byte Transmission Byte P S

CSX
(Host to Driver IC)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Rising Edge, IM3 = 0)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Falling Edge, IM3 = 1)

SDI ADD ADD ADD ADD ADD ADD ADD ADD


R/W D/CX H/L 0 0 0 0 0 R/W D/CX H/L 0
(Host to Driver IC) [7] [6] [5] [4] [3] [2] [1] [0]
SDO
(Driver IC to Host) High-Z High-Z High-Z High-Z

R/W = 0 for Writing Command / Address


D/CX = 0 for Command / Address Transmission
H/L = 0 for Command / Address Low Byte Transmission

8-bit 8-bit
Third
Transmit S Transmission Byte Transmission Byte P S

CSX
(Host to Driver IC)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Rising Edge, IM3 = 0)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Falling Edge, IM3 = 1)

SDI R/W D/CX H/L 0 0 0 0 0


High-Z High-Z
R/W D/CX H/L 0
(Host to Driver IC)
SDO
(Driver IC to Host) High-Z D[7] D[6] D[5] D[4] D[3] D[2] D[1]
High-Z High-Z
D[0]

R/W = 1 for Reading Parameter / Data


D/CX = 1 for Parameter / Data Transmission
H/L = 0 for Parameter / Data Low Byte Transmission

Fig. 5.1.6 Serial bus protocol for register read mode

11/8/2010 45 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.1.3.3 SERIAL INTERFACE FOR DATA RAM WRITE


The serial interface is used with RGB interface (IM[2:0]=”011”) or MDDI interface (IM[2:0]=”110”). In RGB+SPI
interface, the data RAM write function for SPI is valid when bit ICM=”1” (command B300h of page 0). In
MDDI+SPI interface, the data RAM write function for SPI is valid when MDDI is not writing data to RAM. Different
display data formats are available for three color depths supported by the LCM listed below:

11/8/2010 46 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

- 65K colors, RGB is 5-6-5-bit pixel data input (parameter of command 3A00h is 0x0005)
8-bit 8-bit
First Transmit
S Transmission Byte Transmission Byte P S

CSX
(Host to Driver IC)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Rising Edge, IM3 = 0)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Falling Edge, IM3 = 1)

SDI R/W D/CX H/L 0 0 0 0 0 0


0 1 0 1 1 0 0 R/W D/CX H/L 0
(Host to Driver IC)
SDO
(Driver IC to Host) High-Z High-Z High-Z High-Z

R/W = 0 for Writing Command / Address


D/CX = 0 for Command / Address Transmission
H/L = 1 for Command / Address High Byte Transmission

8-bit 8-bit
Second Transmit
S Transmission Byte Transmission Byte P S

CSX
(Host to Driver IC)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Rising Edge, IM3 = 0)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Falling Edge, IM3 = 1)

SDI
R/W D/CX H/L 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 R/W D/CX H/L 0
(Host to Driver IC)
SDO
(Driver IC to Host) High-Z High-Z High-Z High-Z

R/W = 0 for Writing Command / Address


D/CX = 0 for Command / Address Transmission
H/L = 0 for Command / Address Low Byte Transmission

8-bit 8-bit
Third Transmit
(Red) S Transmission Byte Transmission Byte P S

CSX
(Host to Driver IC)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Rising Edge, IM3 = 0)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Falling Edge, IM3 = 1)

SDI R/W D/CX H/L 0 0 0 0 0 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1


0 0 0 [4] [3] R/W D/CX H/L 0
(Host to Driver IC) [2] [1] [0]
SDO
(Driver IC to Host) High-Z High-Z High-Z High-Z

R/W = 0 for Writing RAM Data


D/CX = 1 for RAM Data Transmission
H/L = 0 for RAM Data Low Byte Transmission

8-bit 8-bit
Fourth Transmit
(Green) S Transmission Byte Transmission Byte P S

CSX
(Host to Driver IC)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Rising Edge, IM3 = 0)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Falling Edge, IM3 = 1)

SDI R/W D/CX H/L 0 0 0 0 0 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1


0 0 [5] [4] [3] R/W D/CX H/L 0
(Host to Driver IC) [2] [1] [0]
SDO
(Driver IC to Host) High-Z High-Z High-Z High-Z

R/W = 0 for Writing RAM Data


D/CX = 1 for RAM Data Transmission
H/L = 0 for RAM Data Low Byte Transmission

8-bit 8-bit
Fifth Transmit
(Blue) S Transmission Byte Transmission Byte P S

CSX
(Host to Driver IC)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Rising Edge, IM3 = 0)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Falling Edge, IM3 = 1)

SDI R/W D/CX H/L 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1


0 [4] [3] [2] R/W D/CX H/L 0
(Host to Driver IC) [1] [0]

SDO
(Driver IC to Host) High-Z High-Z High-Z High-Z

R/W = 0 for Writing RAM Data


D/CX = 1 for RAM Data Transmission
H/L = 0 for RAM Data Low Byte Transmission

8-bit 8-bit
Sixth Transmit
(Red) S Transmission Byte Transmission Byte P S

CSX
(Host to Driver IC)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Rising Edge, IM3 = 0)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Falling Edge, IM3 = 1)

SDI R/W D/CX H/L 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 R2 R2 R2 R2 R2


0 [4] [3] [2] R/W D/CX H/L 0
(Host to Driver IC) [1] [0]
SDO
(Driver IC to Host) High-Z High-Z High-Z High-Z

R/W = 0 for Writing RAM Data


D/CX = 1 for RAM Data Transmission
H/L = 0 for RAM Data Low Byte Transmission

11/8/2010 47 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

- 262K colors, RGB is 6-6-6-bit pixel data input (parameter of command 3A00h is 0x0006)
8-bit 8-bit
First Transmit
S Transmission Byte Transmission Byte P S

CSX
(Host to Driver IC)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Rising Edge, IM3 = 0)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Falling Edge, IM3 = 1)

SDI R/W D/CX H/L 0 0 0 0 0 0


0 1 0 1 1 0 0 R/W D/CX H/L 0
(Host to Driver IC)
SDO
(Driver IC to Host) High-Z High-Z High-Z High-Z

R/W = 0 for Writing Command / Address


D/CX = 0 for Command / Address Transmission
H/L = 1 for Command / Address High Byte Transmission

8-bit 8-bit
Second Transmit
S Transmission Byte Transmission Byte P S

CSX
(Host to Driver IC)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Rising Edge, IM3 = 0)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Falling Edge, IM3 = 1)

SDI
R/W D/CX H/L 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 R/W D/CX H/L 0
(Host to Driver IC)
SDO
(Driver IC to Host) High-Z High-Z High-Z High-Z

R/W = 0 for Writing Command / Address


D/CX = 0 for Command / Address Transmission
H/L = 0 for Command / Address Low Byte Transmission

8-bit 8-bit
Third Transmit
(Red) S Transmission Byte Transmission Byte P S

CSX
(Host to Driver IC)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Rising Edge, IM3 = 0)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Falling Edge, IM3 = 1)

SDI R/W D/CX H/L 0 0 0 0 0 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1


0 0 [5] [4] [3] R/W D/CX H/L 0
(Host to Driver IC) [2] [1] [0]
SDO
(Driver IC to Host) High-Z High-Z High-Z High-Z

R/W = 0 for Writing RAM Data


D/CX = 1 for RAM Data Transmission
H/L = 0 for RAM Data Low Byte Transmission

8-bit 8-bit
Fourth Transmit
(Green) S Transmission Byte Transmission Byte P S

CSX
(Host to Driver IC)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Rising Edge, IM3 = 0)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Falling Edge, IM3 = 1)

SDI R/W D/CX H/L 0 0 0 0 0 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1


0 0 [5] [4] [3] R/W D/CX H/L 0
(Host to Driver IC) [2] [1] [0]
SDO
(Driver IC to Host) High-Z High-Z High-Z High-Z

R/W = 0 for Writing RAM Data


D/CX = 1 for RAM Data Transmission
H/L = 0 for RAM Data Low Byte Transmission

8-bit 8-bit
Fifth Transmit
(Blue) S Transmission Byte Transmission Byte P S

CSX
(Host to Driver IC)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Rising Edge, IM3 = 0)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Falling Edge, IM3 = 1)

SDI R/W D/CX H/L 0 0 0 0 0 0 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1


0 [5] [4] [3] [2] R/W D/CX H/L 0
(Host to Driver IC) [1] [0]

SDO
(Driver IC to Host) High-Z High-Z High-Z High-Z

R/W = 0 for Writing RAM Data


D/CX = 1 for RAM Data Transmission
H/L = 0 for RAM Data Low Byte Transmission

8-bit 8-bit
Sixth Transmit
(Red) S Transmission Byte Transmission Byte P S

CSX
(Host to Driver IC)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Rising Edge, IM3 = 0)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Falling Edge, IM3 = 1)

SDI R/W D/CX H/L 0 0 0 0 0 0 R2 R2 R2 R2 R2 R2


0 [5] [4] [3] [2] R/W D/CX H/L 0
(Host to Driver IC) [1] [0]
SDO
(Driver IC to Host) High-Z High-Z High-Z High-Z

R/W = 0 for Writing RAM Data


D/CX = 1 for RAM Data Transmission
H/L = 0 for RAM Data Low Byte Transmission

11/8/2010 48 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

- 16.7M colors, RGB is 8-8-8-bit pixel data input (parameter of command 3A00h is 0x0007)
8-bit 8-bit
First Transmit
S Transmission Byte Transmission Byte P S

CSX
(Host to Driver IC)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Rising Edge, IM3 = 0)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Falling Edge, IM3 = 1)

SDI R/W D/CX H/L 0 0 0 0 0 0


0 1 0 1 1 0 0 R/W D/CX H/L 0
(Host to Driver IC)
SDO
(Driver IC to Host) High-Z High-Z High-Z High-Z

R/W = 0 for Writing Command / Address


D/CX = 0 for Command / Address Transmission
H/L = 1 for Command / Address High Byte Transmission

8-bit 8-bit
Second Transmit
S Transmission Byte Transmission Byte P S

CSX
(Host to Driver IC)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Rising Edge, IM3 = 0)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Falling Edge, IM3 = 1)

SDI
R/W D/CX H/L 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 R/W D/CX H/L 0
(Host to Driver IC)
SDO
(Driver IC to Host) High-Z High-Z High-Z High-Z

R/W = 0 for Writing Command / Address


D/CX = 0 for Command / Address Transmission
H/L = 0 for Command / Address Low Byte Transmission

8-bit 8-bit
Third Transmit
(Red) S Transmission Byte Transmission Byte P S

CSX
(Host to Driver IC)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Rising Edge, IM3 = 0)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Falling Edge, IM3 = 1)

SDI R/W D/CX H/L 0 0 0 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1


0 0 [7] [6] [5] [4] [3] R/W D/CX H/L 0
(Host to Driver IC) [2] [1] [0]
SDO
(Driver IC to Host) High-Z High-Z High-Z High-Z

R/W = 0 for Writing RAM Data


D/CX = 1 for RAM Data Transmission
H/L = 0 for RAM Data Low Byte Transmission

8-bit 8-bit
Fourth Transmit
(Green) S Transmission Byte Transmission Byte P S

CSX
(Host to Driver IC)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Rising Edge, IM3 = 0)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Falling Edge, IM3 = 1)

SDI R/W D/CX H/L 0 0 0


G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1
0 0 [7] [6] [5] [4] [3] R/W D/CX H/L 0
(Host to Driver IC) [2] [1] [0]
SDO
(Driver IC to Host) High-Z High-Z High-Z High-Z

R/W = 0 for Writing RAM Data


D/CX = 1 for RAM Data Transmission
H/L = 0 for RAM Data Low Byte Transmission

8-bit 8-bit
Fifth Transmit
(Blue) S Transmission Byte Transmission Byte P S

CSX
(Host to Driver IC)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Rising Edge, IM3 = 0)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Falling Edge, IM3 = 1)

SDI R/W D/CX H/L 0 0 0 0


B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1
0 [7] [6] [5] [4] [3] [2] R/W D/CX H/L 0
(Host to Driver IC) [1] [0]

SDO
(Driver IC to Host) High-Z High-Z High-Z High-Z

R/W = 0 for Writing RAM Data


D/CX = 1 for RAM Data Transmission
H/L = 0 for RAM Data Low Byte Transmission

8-bit 8-bit
Sixth Transmit
(Red) S Transmission Byte Transmission Byte P S

CSX
(Host to Driver IC)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Rising Edge, IM3 = 0)
SCL
(Host to Driver IC)
(Falling Edge, IM3 = 1)

SDI R/W D/CX H/L 0 0 0 0


R2 R2 R2 R2 R2 R2 R2 R2
0 [7] [6] [5] [4] [3] [2] R/W D/CX H/L 0
(Host to Driver IC) [1] [0]
SDO
(Driver IC to Host) High-Z High-Z High-Z High-Z

R/W = 0 for Writing RAM Data


D/CX = 1 for RAM Data Transmission
H/L = 0 for RAM Data Low Byte Transmission

11/8/2010 49 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.1.3.4 SERIAL INTERFACE FOR DATA RAM READ


The read data RGB is 8-8-8-bit output as below.
8-bit 8-bit 8-bit 8-bit
Fifth Transmit
First Transmit
S Transmission Byte Transmission Byte P S (Green) S Transmission Byte Transmission Byte P S

CSX CSX
(Host to Driver IC) (Host to Driver IC)
SCL SCL
(Host to Driver IC) (Host to Driver IC)
(Rising Edge, IM3 = 0) (Rising Edge, IM3 = 0)
SCL SCL
(Host to Driver IC) (Host to Driver IC)
(Falling Edge, IM3 = 1) (Falling Edge, IM3 = 1)

SDI SDI High-Z


R/W D/CX H/L 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 R/W D/CX H/L 0 R/W D/CX H/L 0 0 0 0 0 R/W D/CX H/L 0
(Host to Driver IC) (Host to Driver IC)
SDO SDO
(Driver IC to Host) High-Z High-Z High-Z High-Z (Driver IC to Host) High-Z G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 G1 High-Z High-Z
[7] [6] [5] [4] [3] [2] [1] [0]

R/W = 0 for Writing Command / Address R/W = 1 for Reading RAM Data
D/CX = 0 for Command / Address Transmission D/CX = 1 for RAM Data Transmission
H/L = 1 for Command / Address High Byte Transmission H/L = 0 for RAM Data Low Byte Transmission

8-bit 8-bit 8-bit 8-bit


Sixth Transmit
Second Transmit
S Transmission Byte Transmission Byte P S (Blue) S Transmission Byte Transmission Byte P S

CSX CSX
(Host to Driver IC) (Host to Driver IC)
SCL SCL
(Host to Driver IC) (Host to Driver IC)
(Rising Edge, IM3 = 0) (Rising Edge, IM3 = 0)
SCL SCL
(Host to Driver IC) (Host to Driver IC)
(Falling Edge, IM3 = 1) (Falling Edge, IM3 = 1)
SDI SDI High-Z
R/W D/CX H/L 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 R/W D/CX H/L 0 R/W D/CX H/L 0 0 0 0 0 R/W D/CX H/L 0
(Host to Driver IC) (Host to Driver IC)
SDO SDO
(Driver IC to Host) High-Z High-Z High-Z High-Z (Driver IC to Host) High-Z B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 High-Z High-Z
[7] [6] [5] [4] [3] [2] [1] [0]

R/W = 0 for Writing Command / Address R/W = 1 for Reading RAM Data
D/CX = 0 for Command / Address Transmission D/CX = 1 for RAM Data Transmission
H/L = 0 for Command / Address Low Byte Transmission H/L = 0 for RAM Data Low Byte Transmission

8-bit 8-bit 8-bit 8-bit


Third Transmit Seventh Transmit
(Dummy) S Transmission Byte Transmission Byte P S (Red) S Transmission Byte Transmission Byte P S

CSX CSX
(Host to Driver IC) (Host to Driver IC)
SCL SCL
(Host to Driver IC) (Host to Driver IC)
(Rising Edge, IM3 = 0) (Rising Edge, IM3 = 0)
SCL SCL
(Host to Driver IC) (Host to Driver IC)
(Falling Edge, IM3 = 1) (Falling Edge, IM3 = 1)

SDI High-Z SDI High-Z


R/W D/CX H/L 0 0 0 0 0 R/W D/CX H/L 0 R/W D/CX H/L 0 0 0 0 0 R/W D/CX H/L 0
(Host to Driver IC) (Host to Driver IC)
SDO SDO
(Driver IC to Host) High-Z High-Z High-Z High-Z (Driver IC to Host) High-Z R2 R2 R2 R2 R2 R2 R2 R2 High-Z High-Z
[7] [6] [5] [4] [3] [2] [1] [0]

R/W = 1 for Reading RAM Data R/W = 1 for Reading RAM Data
D/CX = 1 for RAM Data Transmission D/CX = 1 for RAM Data Transmission
H/L = 0 for RAM Data Low Byte Transmission H/L = 0 for RAM Data Low Byte Transmission

8-bit 8-bit 8-bit 8-bit


Fourth Transmit Eighth Transmit
(Red) S Transmission Byte Transmission Byte P S (Green) S Transmission Byte Transmission Byte P S

CSX CSX
(Host to Driver IC) (Host to Driver IC)
SCL SCL
(Host to Driver IC) (Host to Driver IC)
(Rising Edge, IM3 = 0) (Rising Edge, IM3 = 0)
SCL SCL
(Host to Driver IC) (Host to Driver IC)
(Falling Edge, IM3 = 1) (Falling Edge, IM3 = 1)

SDI High-Z SDI High-Z


R/W D/CX H/L 0 0 0 0 0 R/W D/CX H/L 0 R/W D/CX H/L 0 0 0 0 0 R/W D/CX H/L 0
(Host to Driver IC) (Host to Driver IC)
SDO SDO
(Driver IC to Host) High-Z R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 High-Z High-Z (Driver IC to Host) High-Z G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 G2 High-Z High-Z
[7] [6] [5] [4] [3] [2] [1] [0] [7] [6] [5] [4] [3] [2] [1] [0]

R/W = 1 for Reading RAM Data R/W = 1 for Reading RAM Data
D/CX = 1 for RAM Data Transmission D/CX = 1 for RAM Data Transmission
H/L = 0 for RAM Data Low Byte Transmission H/L = 0 for RAM Data Low Byte Transmission

11/8/2010 50 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.2 I2C Interface


The I2C-bus is for bi-directional, two-line communication between different ICs or modules. The two lines are the
Serial Data line (I2C_SDA) and the Serial Clock Line (I2C_SCL). Both lines must be connected to a positive
supply via pull-up resistors. Data transfer can be initiated only when the bus is not busy. Each byte of eight bits is
followed by an acknowledge bit. The acknowledge bit is a HIGH level signal put on the bus by the transmitter
during which time the master generates an extra acknowledgement related clock pulse. A slave receiver which is
addressed must generate an acknowledgement after the reception of each byte. Also a master receiver must
generate an acknowledgement after the reception of each byte that has been clocked out of the slave transmitter.

(a) I2C-Bus Protocol:


Before any data is transmitted on the I2C-bus, the device, which should respond is addressed first. There are four
slave address can be selected by MCU. The slave addressing is always carried out with the first byte transmitted
after the START procedure.

Fig. 5.2.1 Definition of I2C-Bus Protocol

(b) Definitions:
- Transmitter: The device which sends the data to the bus.
- Receiver: The device which receives the data from the bus.
- Master: The device which initiates a transfer, generates clock signals and terminates a transfer.
- Slave: The device addressed by a master.
- Multi-master: More than one master can attempt to control the bus at the same time without corrupting the
message.
- Arbitration: Procedure to ensure that, if more than one master simultaneously tries to control the bus, only one is
allowed to do so and the message is not corrupted.
- Synchronization: Procedure to synchronize the clock signals of two or more devices.

Fig. 5.2.2 System Configuration

11/8/2010 51 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.2.1 Slave Address of I2C


NT35510 supports two slave addresses, 1001100, 1001101 after the START procedure via I2C bus for MCU
usage .There are 1 hard pin, I2C_SA0 to determine the difference slave address. The slave address selection is
described as the following table. The I2C interface address is selected from the external MPU.
Table 5.2.1 Selection Table of Slave Address

I2C_SA0 Slave Address Notes


0 1001100 0000xxx and 1111xxx: Reversed
1 1001101

5.2.2 Register Write Sequence of I2C Interface


NT35510 supports register write sequence via I2C-bus transfer. The detail transference sequences are illustrated
and described as below.
(1) Data transfers for register writing follow the format is shown in Fig.5.2.2.
(2) After the START condition (S), a slave address is sent. R/W bit is setting to "zero" for WRITE.
(3) The slave issues an ACK to master.
(4) 16 bits register high byte address transfer first. Then transfer the register low byte address.
(5) 16 bits register high byte data of parameter transfer first. Then transfer the register low byte data parameter.
(6) A data transfer is always terminated by a STOP condition.

Fig. 5.2.3 Register Writing Timing of I2C Interface

5.2.3 RAM Data Write Sequence of I2C Interface


NT35510 supports sequential RAM data writing via I2C-Bus. NT35510 will increase the RAM address automatic
by window address when the Host MCU write the RAM data via this way. The transfer protocol of window address
setting can refer to the 5.2.3 Register Write Sequence. Different display data formats are available for three color
depths supported by the LCM.
The sequential RAM writing timing is shown in below.

11/8/2010 52 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

- 65K colors, RGB is 5-6-5-bit pixel data input (parameter of command 3A00h is 0x0005)

I2C_SCL

SA SA SA SA SA SA SA
I2C_SDA [6] [5] [4] [3] [2] [1] [0] W ACK 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 ACK 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ACK

Slave Address MSBs of Register Address LSBs of Register Address


(SA[6:0]) (ADD[15:8]=0x2C) (ADD[7:0]=0x00)
W ACK ACK ACK

START

I2C_SCL …………………
I2C_SDA R1
[4]
R1
[3]
R1
[2]
R1
[1]
R1
[0]
G1
[5]
G1
[4]
G1 G1
[3] ACK [2]
G1
[1]
G1
[0]
B1
[4]
B1
[3]
B1
[2]
B1
[1]
B1 R2
[0] ACK [4]
R2
[3]
R2
[2]
R2
[1]
R2
[0]
G2
[5]
G2
[4]
G2
[3] …………………
First Pixel First Pixel Second Pixel
(R1[4:0] and G1[5:3]) (G1[2:0] and B1[4:0]) (R2[4:0] and G2[5:3])
ACK ACK

I2C_SCL …………
I2C_SDA ………… ACK Rn
[4]
Rn
[3]
Rn
[2]
Rn
[1]
Rn
[0]
Gn
[5]
Gn
[4]
Gn ACK Gn
[3] [2]
Gn
[1]
Gn
[0]
Bn
[4]
Bn
[3]
Bn
[2]
Bn
[1]
Bn ACK
[0]

The n-th Pixel The n-th Pixel


(Rn[4:0] and Gn[5:3]) (Gn[2:0] and Bn[4:0])
ACK ACK
STOP

SA[6:0]: Slave Address


ADD[15:0]: Register Address, where ADD[15:0]="0x2C00"
W: Write Bit, where W="0"

R1[4:0], R2[4:0], , Rn[4:0]: The red color data of each pixel
ACK: Acknowledge Bit, where ACK="0"

G1[5:0], G2[5:0], , Gn[5:0]: The green color data of each pixel

B1[4:0], B2[4:0], , Bn[4:0]: The blue color data of each pixel

11/8/2010 53 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

- 262K colors, RGB is 6-6-6-bit pixel data input (parameter of command 3A00h is 0x0006)

I2C_SCL

SA SA SA SA SA SA SA
I2C_SDA [6] [5] [4] [3] [2] [1] [0]
W ACK 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 ACK 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ACK

Slave Address MSBs of Register Address LSBs of Register Address


(SA[6:0]) (ADD[15:8]=0x2C) (ADD[7:0]=0x00)
W ACK ACK ACK

START

I2C_SCL …………………
I2C_SDA 0 0 R1
[5]
R1
[4]
R1
[2]
R1
[2]
R1
[1]
R1
[0] ACK
0 0 G1
[5]
G1
[4]
G1
[3]
G1
[2]
G1
[1]
G1
[0] ACK
0 0 B1
[5]
B1
[4]
B1
[3]
B1
[2]
B1
[1]
B1
[0] …………………
First Pixel First Pixel First Pixel
(R1[5:0]) (G1[5:0]) (B1[5:0])
ACK ACK

I2C_SCL

Rn Rn Rn Rn Rn Rn Gn Gn Gn Gn Gn Gn Bn Bn Bn Bn Bn Bn
I2C_SDA 0 0
[5] [4] [2] [2] [1] [0] ACK
0 0
[5] [4] [3] [2] [1] [0] ACK
0 0
[5] [4] [3] [2] [1] [0] ACK

The n-th Pixel The n-th Pixel The n-th Pixel


(Rn[5:0]) (Gn[5:0]) (Bn[5:0])
ACK ACK
STOP

SA[6:0]: Slave Address


ADD[15:0]: Register Address, where ADD[15:0]="0x2C00"
W: Write Bit, where W="0"

R1[5:0], R2[5:0], , Rn[5:0]: The red color data of each pixel
ACK: Acknowledge Bit, where ACK="0"

G1[5:0], G2[5:0], , Gn[5:0]: The green color data of each pixel

B1[5:0], B2[5:0], , Bn[5:0]: The blue color data of each pixel

11/8/2010 54 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

- 16.7M colors, RGB is 8-8-8-bit pixel data input (parameter of command 3A00h is 0x0007)

I2C_SCL

SA SA SA SA SA SA SA
I2C_SDA [6] [5] [4] [3] [2] [1] [0]
W ACK 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 ACK 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ACK

Slave Address MSBs of Register Address LSBs of Register Address


(SA[6:0]) (ADD[15:8]=0x2C) (ADD[7:0]=0x00)
W ACK ACK ACK

START

I2C_SCL …………………
I2C_SDA R1
[7]
R1
[6]
R1
[5]
R1
[4]
R1
[2]
R1
[2]
R1
[1]
R1 G1
[0] ACK [7]
G1
[6]
G1
[5]
G1
[4]
G1
[3]
G1
[2]
G1
[1]
G1 B1
[0] ACK [7]
B1
[6]
B1
[5]
B1
[4]
B1
[3]
B1
[2]
B1
[1]
B1
[0] …………………
First Pixel First Pixel First Pixel
(R1[7:0]) (G1[7:0]) (B1[7:0])
ACK ACK

I2C_SCL

Rn Rn Rn Rn Rn Rn Rn Rn Gn Gn Gn Gn Gn Gn Gn Gn Bn Bn Bn Bn Bn Bn Bn Bn
I2C_SDA [7] [6] [5] [4] [2] [2] [1] [0] ACK [7] [6] [5] [4] [3] [2] [1] [0] ACK [7] [6] [5] [4] [3] [2] [1] [0] ACK

The n-th Pixel The n-th Pixel The n-th Pixel


(Rn[7:0]) (Gn[7:0]) (Bn[7:0])
ACK ACK
STOP

SA[6:0]: Slave Address


ADD[15:0]: Register Address, where ADD[15:0]="0x2C00"
W: Write Bit, where W="0"

R1[7:0], R2[7:0], , Rn[7:0]: The red color data of each pixel
ACK: Acknowledge Bit, where ACK="0"

G1[7:0], G2[7:0], , Gn[7:0]: The green color data of each pixel

B1[7:0], B2[7:0], , Bn[7:0]: The blue color data of each pixel

11/8/2010 55 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.2.4 Register Read Sequence of I2C Interface


NT35510 supports register read sequence via I2C-bus transfer. Register data reading transfers follow the format
and is shown in Fig.5.2.4.

Fig. 5.2.4 Register Reading Timing of I2C Interface

5.2.5 RAM Data Read Sequence of I2C Interface


NT35510 supports RAM data read function for I2C interface.
The master MCU need to send the RAM address of reading first and transfer protocol can refer to the 5.2.3
Register Write Sequence. Then the master MCU need to send the RAM data read register "2E00h" to NT35510.
And finally, the MCU can send the following RAM data reading timing to feedback single RAM data value by one
complete I2C packet.
The RAM data reading timing is shown in below.

11/8/2010 56 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

- 65K colors, RGB is 5-6-5-bit pixel data output (parameter of command 3A00h is 0x0005)

I2C_SCL

SA SA SA SA SA SA SA
I2C_SDA [6] [5] [4] [3] [2] [1] [0] W ACK 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 ACK 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ACK

Slave Address MSBs of Register Address LSBs of Register Address


(SA[6:0]) (ADD[15:8]=0x2E) (ADD[7:0]=0x00)
W ACK ACK ACK

START

I2C_SCL

SA SA SA SA SA SA SA D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D
I2C_SDA [6] [5] [4] [3] [2] [1] [0] R ACK [15] [14] [13] [12] [11] [10] [9] [8] ACK [7] [6] [5] [4] [3] [2] [1] [0] ACK

Slave Address Dummy Read Dummy Read


(SA[6:0]) (D[15:8]) (D[7:0])
R ACK ACK ACK

Re-START

I2C_SCL …………………
I2C_SDA R1
[4]
R1
[3]
R1
[2]
R1
[1]
R1
[0]
G1
[5]
G1
[4]
G1 ACK G1
[3] [2]
G1
[1]
G1
[0]
B1
[4]
B1
[3]
B1
[2]
B1
[1]
B1 ACK R2
[0] [4]
R2
[3]
R2
[2]
R2
[1]
R2
[0]
G2
[5]
G2
[4]
G2
[3] …………………
Read Data of First Pixel Read Data of First Pixel Read Data of Second Pixel
(R1[4:0] and G1[5:3]) (G1[2:0] and B1[4:0]) (R2[4:0] and G2[5:3])
ACK ACK

I2C_SCL …………
I2C_SDA ………… ACK Rn
[4]
Rn
[3]
Rn
[2]
Rn
[1]
Rn
[0]
Gn
[5]
Gn
[4]
Gn ACK Gn
[3] [2]
Gn
[1]
Gn
[0]
Bn
[4]
Bn
[3]
Bn
[2]
Bn
[1]
Bn N
[0] ACK

Read Data of the n-th Pixel Read Data of the n-th Pixel
(Rn[4:0] and Gn[5:3]) (Gn[2:0] and Bn[4:0])
ACK NACK
STOP

SA[6:0]: Slave Address


W: Write Bit, where W="0"
ADD[15:0]: Register Address, where ADD[15:0]="0x2E00"
R: Read Bit, where R="1"

R1[4:0], R2[4:0], , Rn[4:0]: The red color data of each pixel
ACK: Acknowledge Bit, where ACK="0"

G1[5:0], G2[5:0], , Gn[5:0]: The green color data of each pixel
NACK: Non-acknowledge Bit, where NACK="1"

B1[4:0], B2[4:0], , Bn[4:0]: The blue color data of each pixel

11/8/2010 57 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

- 262K colors, RGB is 6-6-6-bit pixel data output (parameter of command 3A00h is 0x0006)

I2C_SCL

SA SA SA SA SA SA SA
I2C_SDA [6] [5] [4] [3] [2] [1] [0] W ACK 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 ACK 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ACK

Slave Address MSBs of Register Address LSBs of Register Address


(SA[6:0]) (ADD[15:8]=0x2E) (ADD[7:0]=0x00)
W ACK ACK ACK

START

I2C_SCL

SA SA SA SA SA SA SA D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D
I2C_SDA [6] [5] [4] [3] [2] [1] [0] R ACK [15] [14] [13] [12] [11] [10] [9] [8] ACK [7] [6] [5] [4] [3] [2] [1] [0] ACK

Slave Address Dummy Read Dummy Read


(SA[6:0]) (D[15:8]) (D[7:0])
R ACK ACK ACK

Re-START

I2C_SCL …………………
I2C_SDA 0 0 R1
[5]
R1
[4]
R1
[2]
R1
[2]
R1
[1]
R1 ACK
[0] 0 0 G1
[5]
G1
[4]
G1
[3]
G1
[2]
G1
[1]
G1 ACK
[0] 0 0 B1
[5]
B1
[4]
B1
[3]
B1
[2]
B1
[1]
B1
[0] …………………
Read Data of First Pixel Read Data of First Pixel Read Data of First Pixel
(R1[5:0]) (G1[5:0]) (B1[5:0])
ACK ACK

I2C_SCL

Rn Rn Rn Rn Rn Rn Gn Gn Gn Gn Gn Gn Bn Bn Bn Bn Bn Bn N
I2C_SDA 0 0 [5] [4] [2] [2] [1] [0] ACK 0 0 [5] [4] [3] [2] [1] [0] ACK 0 0 [5] [4] [3] [2] [1] [0] ACK

Read Data of the n-th Pixel Read data of the n-th Pixel Read Data of the n-th Pixel
(Rn[5:0]) (Gn[5:0]) (Bn[5:0])
ACK NACK
STOP

SA[6:0]: Slave Address


W: Write Bit, where W="0"
ADD[15:0]: Register Address, where ADD[15:0]="0x2E00"
R: Read Bit, where R="1"

R1[5:0], R2[5:0], , Rn[5:0]: The red color data of each pixel
ACK: Acknowledge Bit, where ACK="0"

G1[5:0], G2[5:0], , Gn[5:0]: The green color data of each pixel
NACK: Non-acknowledge Bit, where NACK="1"

B1[5:0], B2[5:0], , Bn[5:0]: The blue color data of each pixel

11/8/2010 58 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

- 16.7M colors, RGB is 8-8-8-bit pixel data output (parameter of command 3A00h is 0x0007)

I2C_SCL

SA SA SA SA SA SA SA
I2C_SDA [6] [5] [4] [3] [2] [1] [0]
W ACK 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 ACK 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ACK

Slave Address MSBs of Register Address LSBs of Register Address


(SA[6:0]) (ADD[15:8]=0x2E) (ADD[7:0]=0x00)
W ACK ACK ACK

START

I2C_SCL

SA SA SA SA SA SA SA D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D
I2C_SDA [6] [5] [4] [3] [2] [1] [0]
R ACK
[15] [14] [13] [12] [11] [10] [9] [8]
ACK
[7] [6] [5] [4] [3] [2] [1] [0]
ACK

Slave Address Dummy Read Dummy Read


(SA[6:0]) (D[15:8]) (D[7:0])
R ACK ACK ACK

Re-START

I2C_SCL …………………
I2C_SDA R1
[7]
R1
[6]
R1
[5]
R1
[4]
R1
[2]
R1
[2]
R1
[1]
R1 G1
[0] ACK [7]
G1
[6]
G1
[5]
G1
[4]
G1
[3]
G1
[2]
G1
[1]
G1 B1
[0] ACK [7]
B1
[6]
B1
[5]
B1
[4]
B1
[3]
B1
[2]
B1
[1]
B1
[0] …………………
Read Data of First Pixel Read Data of First Pixel Read Data of First Pixel
(R1[7:0]) (G1[7:0]) (B1[7:0])
ACK ACK

I2C_SCL

Rn Rn Rn Rn Rn Rn Rn Rn Gn Gn Gn Gn Gn Gn Gn Gn Bn Bn Bn Bn Bn Bn Bn Bn N
I2C_SDA [7] [6] [5] [4] [2] [2] [1] [0]
ACK
[7] [6] [5] [4] [3] [2] [1] [0]
ACK
[7] [6] [5] [4] [3] [2] [1] [0] ACK

Read data of the n-th Pixel Read Data of the n-th Pixel Read Data of the n-th Pixel
(Rn[7:0]) (Gn[7:0]) (Bn[7:0])
ACK NACK
STOP

SA[6:0]: Slave Address


W: Write Bit, where W="0"
ADD[15:0]: Register Address, where ADD[15:0]="0x2E00"
R: Read Bit, where R="1"

R1[7:0], R2[7:0], , Rn[7:0]: The red color data of each pixel
ACK: Acknowledge Bit, where ACK="0"

G1[7:0], G2[7:0], , Gn[7:0]: The green color data of each pixel
NACK: Non-acknowledge Bit, where NACK="1"

B1[7:0], B2[7:0], , Bn[7:0]: The blue color data of each pixel

11/8/2010 59 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.3 Interface Pause


By using parallel interface, it is possible when transferring a Command, Frame Memory Data or Multiple
Parameter Data to invoke a pause in the data transmission. If the CSX (Chip Select Line) is released after a
whole byte of a Frame Memory Data or Multiple Parameter Data has been completed, then NT35510 will wait and
continue the Frame Memory Data or Parameter Data Transmission from the point where it was paused. If the
CSX (Chip Select Line) is released after a whole byte of a command as been completed, then the Display Module
will receive either the command’s parameters (if appropriate) or a new command when the CSX (Chip Select Line)
is next enabled as shown below.
This applies to the following 4 conditions:
1) Command-Pause-Command
2) Command-Pause-Parameter
3) Parameter-Pause-Command
4) Parameter-Pause-Parameter
Parallel Interface Pause

CSX Pause

D/CX

RDX

WRX

D[7:0] D[7:0] D[7:0]


Command / Pause Command /
Parameter Parameter

Fig. 5.3.1 Parallel bus protocol, write mode – paused by CSX

Serial Interface Pause


16-bit SPI interface does not support "Pause Mode"
MIPI Interface Pause
Pause can be done on DSI between Packets when they are sent to same or different receiver (Virtual Channel
(VC)) e.g.
1) Same receiver: Packet 1 (VC=00) => Packet 2 (VC=00) => Packet 3 (VC=00) => …
2) Different receiver: Packet 1 (VC=00) => Packet 2 (VC=00) => Packet 3 (VC=00) => …
The means that “=>” symbol means a pause on DSI.

11/8/2010 60 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.4 Data Transfer Break and Recovery


If there is a break in data transmission by RESX pulse, while transferring a Command or Frame Memory Data or
Multiple Parameter command Data, before Bit D0 of the byte has been completed, then NT35510 will reject the
previous bits and have reset the interface such that it will be ready to receive command data again when the chip
select line (CSX) is next activated after RESX have been High state. See the following example (See Fig. 5.4.1)
If there is a break in data transmission by CSX pulse, while transferring a Command or Frame Memory Data or
Multiple Parameter command Data, before Bit D0 of the byte has been completed, then NT35510 will reject the
previous bits and have reset the interface such that it will be ready to receive the same byte re-transmitted when
the chip select line (CSX) is next activated. See the following example (See Fig. 5.4.2)

S Transmission Byte S Transmission Byte Transmission Byte

RESX
(Host to Driver IC) 8-bit 8-bit 8-bit
CSX
(Host to Driver IC)

SDI, Falling Edge


(Host to Driver IC)
SDI, Rising Edge
(Host to Driver IC)
SDI ADD[ ADD[ ADD[ ADD[ ADD[ ADD[ ADD ADD ADD ADD
R/W D/CX H/L 0 0 0 0 0 R/W D/CX H/L 0 0 0 0 0
(Host to Driver IC) 15] 14] 15] 14] 13] 12] [11] [10] [9] [8]

SDO
(Driver IC to Host)
High-Z High-Z High-Z

Wait for more than 10 ms

R/W = 0 for Writing Command / Address SCL and SDI during RESX = "L" is invalid R/W = 0 for Writing Command / Address
D/CX = 0 for Command / Address Transmission and next byte becomes command D/CX = 0 for Command / Address Transmission
H/L = 1 for Command / Address High Byte Transmission H/L = 1 for Command / Address High Byte Transmission

Fig. 5.4.1 Serial bus protocol, write mode – interrupted by REX

S Transmission Byte Transmission Byte Transmission Byte

RESX
(Host to Driver IC) 8-bit 8-bit 8-bit

CSX
(Host to Driver IC)

SDI, Falling Edge


(Host to Driver IC)
SDI, Rising Edge
(Host to Driver IC)
SDI ADD[ ADD[ ADD ADD ADD[ ADD ADD ADD
R/W D/CX H/L 0 0 0 0 0 R/W D/CX H/L 0 0 0 0 0
(Host to Driver IC) 15] 14] [13] [12] 11] [10] [9] [8]

SDO
(Driver IC to Host)
High-Z High-Z High-Z High-Z
Break

R/W = 0 for Writing Command / Address R/W = 0 for Writing Command / Address
D/CX = 0 for Command / Address Transmission D/CX = 0 for Command / Address Transmission
H/L = 1 for Command / Address High Byte Transmission H/L = 1 for Command / Address High Byte Transmission

Fig. 5.4.2 Serial bus protocol, write mode – interrupted by CSX

11/8/2010 61 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

Display data transfer break is illustrated for reference purposes below.


Without break

Command 1 Parameter 1 Parameter 2 Parameter 3

With break (See and check also exceptions*)

Ignored parameters

Command 1 Parameter 1 Parameter 2 Parameter 3


The old value is kept The old value is kept The old value is kept
on the register on the register on the register

Break Parameter
Command 2 for
Command 2

Break can be e.g. another command or noise pulse.


Fig. 5.4.3 Break during Parameter

*) See also an exception on section “6.1 User Command Set” and Note 2.
The MCU can create a break condition when it is forcing DSI data lanes in the LP-11 mode
The NT35510 stops to control DSI data lanes (change from a transmitter mode to a received mode) if it was
controlling DSI data lanes as a transmitter when the MCU is forcing DSI data lanes in the LP-11.
The break condition can be done any time when the MCU or the driver IC is controlling DSI data lanes e.g. the
driver IC is sending data to the MCU.
Except MIPI interface, the data transfer break mechanism illustrated for reference purposes below.

Ignored parameters

Command 1 Parameter 1 Parameter 2 Parameter 3


The new value is The old value is kept The old value is kept
stored on the register on the register on the register

Break Parameter
Command 2 for
Command 2

11/8/2010 62 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.5 Display Module Data Transfer Modes


The NT35510 has 3 kinds of color mode for transferring data to the frame Memory. There are 16-bit color per
pixel, 18-bit color per pixel and 24-bit color per pixel. The data format is described for each interface. Data can be
downloaded to the Frame Memory by 2 methods.
Method 1
The Image data is sent to the Frame Memory in successive Frame writes, each time the Frame Memory is filled,
the Frame Memory pointer is reset to the start point and the next Frame is written.
Start Stop

Start Frame Image Data Image Data Image Data Any


Memory Write Frame 1 Frame 2 Frame 3 Command

Fig. 5.5.1 Data Transfer Method 1

Method 2
Image Data is sent and at the end of each Frame Memory download, a command is sent to stop Frame Memory
Write. Then Start Memory Write command is sent, and a new Frame is downloaded.
Start Stop

Start Frame Image Data Any Start Frame Image Data Any Any
Memory Write Frame 1 Command Memory Write Frame 2 Command Command

Fig. 5.5.2 Data Transfer Method 2 with “Start Frame Memory Write” Break

Start Stop

Start Frame Image Data Start Frame Image Data Start Frame Image Data Any
Memory Write Frame 1 Memory Write Frame 2 Memory Write Frame 3 Command

Fig. 5.5.3 Data Transfer Method 2 with “Any Command” Break


NOTES:
1) The Frame Memory can contain odd and even number of pixels for both Methods. Only complete pixel data will
be stored in the Frame Memory.
2) “Memory Write Continue (3Ch)” or “Memory Read Continue (3Eh)” commands are not stopping writing or
reading to/from the frame memory. These commands can be used if there is wanted to continue the writing or
reading to/from the frame memory when “Any Command” has stopped the memory writing or reading.
3) “Any Command” can be as same as “Start Frame Memory Write”.

11/8/2010 63 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.6 RGB Interface


5.6.1 General Description
For direct interface with both graphic controller and MPU, NT35510 offer RGB interface mode to display video
signal. The parallel RGB interface includes: VS, HS, DE, PCLK, D[23:0]. The interface is activated after Power On
sequence (See section Power On/Off Sequence)
Pixel clock (PCLK) is running all the time without stopping and it is used to entering VS, HS, DE and D[23:0]
states when there is a rising edge of the PCLK. The PCLK cannot be used as continues internal clock for other
functions of the display module e.g. Sleep In –mode etc.
Vertical synchronization (VS) is used to tell when there is received a new frame of the display. This is negative
(“0”, low) active and its state is read to the display module by a rising edge of he PCLK signal.
Horizontal synchronization (HS) is used to tell when there is received a new line of the frame. This is negative (“0”,
low) active and its state is read to the display module by a rising edge of the PCLK signal.
Data Enable (DE) is used to tell when there is received RGB information that should be transferred on the display.
This is a positive ( “1”, high) active and its state is read to the display module by a rising edge of the PCLK signal.
D[23:0] (24-bit: R7-R0, G7-G0 and B7-B0;18-bit: R5-R0, G5-G0 and B5-B0; 16-bit: R4-R0, G5-G0 and B4-B0) are
used to tell what is the information of the image that is transferred on the display (When DE= “1” and there is a
rising edge of PCLK). D[23:0] can be “0” (low) or “1” (high). These lines are read by a rising edge of the PCLK
signal.
The PCLK cycle is described in the follow figure.

PCLK

VS, HS, DE
D[23:0]

The host changes D[23:0] , VS, The driver read the D[23:0] , VS,
HS and DE lines when there is a HS and DE lines when there is a
falling edge of the PCLK rising edge of the PCLK

Note: PCLK is an unsynchronized signal (It can be stopped)

11/8/2010 64 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.6.2 RGB Interface Timing Chart


The image information must be correct on the display, when the timings are in range on the interface.
However, the image information can be incorrect on the display, when timings are not out of range on the
interface (Out of the range timings cannot on the host side). The correct image information must be displayed
automatically (by the display module) on the next frame (vertical sync.) when there is returned from out of the
range to in range interface timing.
Hsync HBP HAdr HFP

Vsync (Vsync+VBP) – vertical interval when no

sent from host to display


when no valid display data is
HFP
VBP
valid display data is transferred from host to
display

horizontal interval

display
data is sent from host to
interval when no valid display
(Hsync+HBP)

(Vadr+Hadr) period when valid display


data are transferred from host to display
VAdr
module.

horizontal

VFP
VFP – vertical interval when no valid display
data is transferred from host to display

Fig. 5.6.1 RGB interface general timing diagram

11/8/2010 65 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.6.3 RGB Interface Mode Set


Register
RGB I/F Mode PCLK DE D23-D0 VS HS VFP[7:0], VBP[7:0]
HFP[7:0], HBP[7:0]
RGB Mode 1 (SYNC + DE) Used Used Used Used Used Not used
RGB Mode 2 (SYNC only) Used Not used Used Used Used Used
In RGB Mode 1, writing data to line buffer is done by PCLK and Video Data Bus (D23 to D0), when DE is high
state. The external clocks (PCLK, VS and HS) are used for internal displaying clock. So, controller must always
transfer PCLK, VS and HS signal to NT35510 DDI.
In RGB Mode 2, back porch of Vsync VBP is defined by VBP[7:0] of RGBCTR command. And back porch of
Hsync HBP is defined by HBP[7:0] of RGRCTR command. Front porch of Vsync VFP is defined by VFP[7:0] of
RGBCTR command. And front porch of Hsync HFP is defined by HFP[7:0] of RGBCTR command.
Note: VBP[7:0]=Vsync+VBP and HBP[7:0]=Hsync+HBP.

11/8/2010 66 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

1 Frame Time
(Vertical Back Porch) Vertical Front Porch
Vsync VBP VFP

VS
tVHS tVHS
HS

DE

PCLK

(Horizontal Back Porch) Horizontal Front Porch


Hsync HBP Valid Data Interval HFP

HS

PCLK

DE

D[23:0] Invalid Interval D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 … … … Dn-3 Dn-2 Dn-1 Dn Invalid Interval

Latched Data Invalid Interval D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 … … … Dn-3 Dn-2 Dn-1 Dn Invalid Interval

RAM WEN

1 Line Time

Fig. 5.6.2 Video signal data writing method in RGB Mode 1 Interface
Notes:
1. Constraint:
V-Back Porch (Vsync+VBP) ≧
5 HS lines, V-Front-Borch (VFP) 2 HS lines ≧
Vsync+VBP+VFP (porch of RGB signal) > VBPA/B/C[7:0] (internal display back porch)
H-Back Porch (Hsync+HBP) ≧
5 PCLK clocks, H-Front-Porch (HFP) 2 PCLK clocks ≧

2. tVHS 400ns

11/8/2010 67 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

1 Frame Time
Vertical Back Porch Vertical Front Porch
(VBP[7:0]) (VFP[7:0])

VS
tVHS tVHS
HS

DE

PCLK

Horizontal Back Porch Horizontal Front Porch


(HBP[7:0]) Valid Data Interval (HFP[7:0])

HS

PCLK

DE

D[23:0] Invalid Interval D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 … … … Dn-3 Dn-2 Dn-1 Dn Invalid Interval

Latched Data Invalid Interval D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 … … … Dn-3 Dn-2 Dn-1 Dn Invalid Interval

RAM WEN

1 Line Time

Fig. 5.6.3 Video signal data writing method in RGB Mode 2 Interface
Notes:
1. Constraint:
V-Back Porch (VBP[7:0]) ≧
5 HS lines, V-Front Porch (VFP[7:0]) 2 HS lines ≧
VBP[7:0]+VFP[7:0] (porch of RGB signal) > VBPA/B/C[7:0] (internal display back porch)
H-Back Porch (HBP[7:0]) ≧
5 PCLK clocks, H-Back Porch (HFP[7:0]) 2 PCLK clocks ≧

2. tVHS 400ns

11/8/2010 68 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

Nth Frame (N+1)th Frame (N+2)th Frame High / Low


VS

HS
High / Low

PCLK High / Low

DE Low

Update frame
data by RGB I/F

RGB Data bus


Don't care Don't care STOP
D[23:0]

Frame Data
Don't update frame data by SDI/I2C_SDA
SDI/I2C_SDA

RAM Write
Command (2C00h)

Address Set Command


(2A00h, 2B00h)

Frame data Updating


from SDI/I2C_SDA
Set ICM="1" Internal clock mode
External clock mode

Fig. 5.6.4 RGB with SPI Timing Sequence (Enter Internal Clock Mode, ICM=”1”)

High / Low 1st Frame 2nd Frame 3rd Frame


VS

HS
High / Low

PCLK High / Low

DE Low

Update frame
data by RGB I/F

RGB Data bus


STOP Don't care Don't care
D[23:0]

Frame Data
Don't update frame data by SDI/I2C_SDA
SDI/I2C_SDA

Address Set Command


(2A00h, 2B00h)

RAM Write
Command (2C00h)

Frame data Updating


from SDI/I2C_SDA

Internal clock mode Set ICM="0"


External clock mode

Fig. 5.6.5 RGB with SPI Timing Sequence (Exit Internal Clock Mode, ICM=”0”)

11/8/2010 69 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.6.4 RGB Interface Bus Width Set


All 3-kinds of bus width can be available during RGB interface mode (selected by the COLMOD command
(3A00h): VIPF[3:0]).
3A00h D23 D22 D21 D20 D19 D18 D17 D16 D15 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 Bus Width
50h x x x R4 R3 R2 R1 R0 x x G5 G4 G3 G2 G1 G0 x x x B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 16-bit data
60h x x R5 R4 R3 R2 R1 R0 x x G5 G4 G3 G2 G1 G0 x x B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 18-bit data
70h R7 R6 R5 R4 R3 R2 R1 R0 G7 G6 G5 G4 G3 G2 G1 G0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0 24-bit data
NOTES:
1. “x”: Unused RGB data bus connected with VSSI.
2. R0 is the LSB for the red component; G0 is the LSB for the green component, etc.
3. For 16-bit pixels, R primary color MSB is R4, G primary color MSB is G5 and B primary color MSB is B4.
4. For 18-bit pixels, R primary color MSB is R5, G primary color MSB is G5 and B primary color MSB is B5.
5. For 24-bit pixels, R primary color MSB is R7, G primary color MSB is G7 and B primary color MSB is B7

11/8/2010 70 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

Write data for 16-bit RGB interface bus width set is shown below.
VS "1"
HS "1"
DE "1"
PCLK

D23 - - - - -
D22 - - - - -

D21 - - - - -

D20 R1, Bit 4 R2, Bit 4 R3, Bit 4 Rn, Bit 4

D19 R1, Bit 3 R2, Bit 3 R3, Bit 3 Rn, Bit 3

D18 R1, Bit 2 R2, Bit 2 R3, Bit 2 Rn, Bit 2


D17 R1, Bit 1 R2, Bit 1 R3, Bit 1 Rn, Bit 1

D16 R1, Bit 0 R2, Bit 0 R3, Bit 0 Rn, Bit 0

D15 - - - - -
D14 - - - - -
D13 G1, Bit 5 G2, Bit 5 G3, Bit 5 Gn, Bit 5

D12 G1, Bit 4 G2, Bit 4 G3, Bit 4 Gn, Bit 4


D11 G1, Bit 3 G2, Bit 3 G3, Bit 3 Gn, bit 3

D10 G1, Bit 2 G2, Bit 2 G3, Bit 2 Gn, Bit 2

D9 G1, Bit 1 G2, Bit 1 G3, Bit 1 Gn, Bit 1

D8 G1, Bit 0 G2, Bit 0 G3, Bit 0 Gn, Bit 0

D7 - - - - -

D6 - - - - -

D5 - - - - - -

D4 B1, Bit 4 B2, Bit 4 B3, Bit 4 Bn, Bit 4

D3 B1, Bit 3 B2, Bit 3 B3, Bit 3 Bn, Bit 3

D2 B1, Bit 2 B2, Bit 2 B3, Bit 2 Bn, Bit 2

D1 B1, Bit 1 B2, Bit 1 B3, Bit 1 Bn, Bit 1

D0 B1, Bit 0 B2, Bit 0 B3, -Bit 0 Bn, Bit 0


1st Pixel 2nd Pixel 3rd Pixel ......... nth Pixel

16-bit data format extends to 24-bit data format

R1[4] R1[3] R1[2] R1[1] R1[0] R1[4] R1[3] R1[2] G1[5] G1[4] G1[3] G1[2] G1[1] G1[0] G1[5] G1[4] B1[4] B1[3] B1[2] B1[1] B1[0] B1[4] B1[3] B1[2]

R1[7] R1[6] R1[5] R1[4] R1[3] R1[2] R1[1] R1[0] G1[7] G1[6] G1[5] G1[4] G1[3] G1[2] G1[1] G1[0] B1[7] B1[6] B1[5] B1[4] B1[3] B1[2] B1[1] B1[0]

24-bit

Frame
Memory
R1 G1 B1 R2 G2 B2 R3 G3 B3

11/8/2010 71 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

Write data for 18-bit RGB interface bus width set is shown below.
VS "1"
HS "1"
DE "1"
PCLK

D23 - - - - -
D22 - - - - -

D21 R1, Bit 5 R2, Bit 5 R3, Bit 5 Rn, Bit 5

D20 R1, Bit 4 R2, Bit 4 R3, Bit 4 Rn, Bit 4

D19 R1, Bit 3 R2, Bit 3 R3, Bit 3 Rn, Bit 3

D18 R1, Bit 2 R2, Bit 2 R3, Bit 2 Rn, Bit 2


D17 R1, Bit 1 R2, Bit 1 R3, Bit 1 Rn, Bit 1

D16 R1, Bit 0 R2, Bit 0 R3, Bit 0 Rn, Bit 0

D15 - - - - - -
D14 - - - - -

D13 G1, Bit 5 G2, Bit 5 G3, Bit 5 Gn, Bit 5

D12 G1, Bit 4 G2, Bit 4 G3, Bit 4 Gn, Bit 4


D11 G1, Bit 3 G2, Bit 3 G3, Bit 3 Gn, bit 3

D10 G1, Bit 2 G2, Bit 2 G3, Bit 2 Gn, Bit 2

D9 G1, Bit 1 G2, Bit 1 G3, Bit 1 Gn, Bit 1

D8 G1, Bit 0 G2, Bit 0 G3, Bit 0 Gn, Bit 0

D7 - - - - -

D6 - - - - -

D5 B1, Bit 5 B2, Bit 5 B3, Bit 5 Bn, Bit 5

D4 B1, Bit 4 B2, Bit 4 B3, Bit 4 Bn, Bit 4

D3 B1, Bit 3 B2, Bit 3 B3, Bit 3 Bn, Bit 3

D2 B1, Bit 2 B2, Bit 2 B3, Bit 2 Bn, Bit 2

D1 B1, Bit 1 B2, Bit 1 B3, Bit 1 Bn, Bit 1

D0 B1, Bit 0 B2, Bit 0 B3, Bit 0 Bn, Bit 0


1st Pixel 2nd Pixel 3rd Pixel ......... nth Pixel

18-bit data format extends to 24-bit data format

R1[5] R1[4] R1[3] R1[2] R1[1] R1[0] R1[5] R1[4] G1[5] G1[4] G1[3] G1[2] G1[1] G1[0] G1[5] G1[4] B1[5] B1[4] B1[3] B1[2] B1[1] B1[0] B1[5] B1[4]

R1[7] R1[6] R1[5] R1[4] R1[3] R1[2] R1[1] R1[0] G1[7] G1[6] G1[5] G1[4] G1[3] G1[2] G1[1] G1[0] B1[7] B1[6] B1[5] B1[4] B1[3] B1[2] B1[1] B1[0]

24-bit

Frame
Memory
R1 G1 B1 R2 G2 B2 R3 G3 B3

11/8/2010 72 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

Write data for 24-bit RGB interface bus width set is shown below.
VS "1"
HS "1"
DE "1"
PCLK

D23 R1, Bit 7 R2, Bit 7 R3, Bit 7 Rn, Bit 7


D22 R1, Bit 6 R2, Bit 6 R3, Bit 6 Rn, Bit 6

D21 R1, Bit 5 R2, Bit 5 R3, Bit 5 Rn, Bit 5

D20 R1, Bit 4 R2, Bit 4 R3, Bit 4 Rn, Bit 4

D19 R1, Bit 3 R2, Bit 3 R3, Bit 3 Rn, Bit 3

D18 R1, Bit 2 R2, Bit 2 R3, Bit 2 Rn, Bit 2

D17 R1, Bit 1 R2, Bit 1 R3, Bit 1 Rn, Bit 1

D16 R1, Bit 0 R2, Bit 0 R3, Bit 0 Rn, Bit 0

D15 G1, Bit 7 G2, Bit 7 G3, Bit 7 Gn, Bit 7


D14 G1, Bit 6 G2, Bit 6 G3, Bit 6 Gn, Bit 6

D13 G1, Bit 5 G2, Bit 5 G3, Bit 5 Gn, Bit 5

D12 G1, Bit 4 G2, Bit 4 G3, Bit 4 Gn, Bit 4


D11 G1, Bit 3 G2, Bit 3 G3, Bit 3 Gn, bit 3

D10 G1, Bit 2 G2, Bit 2 G3, Bit 2 Gn, Bit 2

D9 G1, Bit 1 G2, Bit 1 G3, Bit 1 Gn, Bit 1

D8 G1, Bit 0 G2, Bit 0 G3, Bit 0 Gn, Bit 0

D7 B1, Bit 7 B2, Bit 7 B3, Bit 7 Bn, Bit 7

D6 B1, Bit 6 B2, Bit 6 B3, Bit 6 Bn, Bit 6

D5 B1, Bit 5 B2, Bit 5 B3, Bit 5 Bn, Bit 5

D4 B1, Bit 4 B2, Bit 4 B3, Bit 4 Bn, Bit 4

D3 B1, Bit 3 B2, Bit 3 B3, Bit 3 Bn, Bit 3

D2 B1, Bit 2 B2, Bit 2 B3, Bit 2 Bn, Bit 2

D1 B1, Bit 1 B2, Bit 1 B3, Bit 1 Bn, Bit 1

D0 B1, Bit 0 B2, Bit 0 B3, Bit 0 Bn, Bit 0


Pixel 1 Pixel 2 Pixel 3 ......... Pixel n

R1[7] R1[6] R1[5] R1[4] R1[3] R1[2] R1[1] R1[0] G1[7] G1[6] G1[5] G1[4] G1[3] G1[2] G1[1] G1[0] B1[7] B1[6] B1[5] B1[4] B1[3] B1[2] B1[1] B1[0]

24-bit

Frame
Memory
R1 G1 B1 R2 G2 B2 R3 G3 B3

11/8/2010 73 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.7 Frame Memory


5.7.1 Configuration
The NT35510 has an integrated 480 x 864 x 24-bit graphic type static RAM. This 9,953,280-bit memory allows to
store on-chip a 480 x RGB x 864, 480 x RGB x 854, 480 x RGB x 800, 480 x RGB x 720 and 480 x RGB x 640
image with an 24-bit resolution (16.7M-color).
There will be no abnormal visible effect on the display when there is a simultaneous Panel Read and Interface
Read or Write to the same location of the Frame Memory.

a-Si Display

480 RGB x 864

MIPI
I/F

MCU Latch
I/F
RGB-BG R Swap Display Data RAM Line
RGB (480 x 24 x 864) Address
I/F Counter

SPI Scan
Row
I/F Address
Address Counter
Counter

5/6-bit to 8-bit

Host Interface
Column
Address Counter

11/8/2010 74 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.7.2 Address Counter


The address counter sets the addresses of the display data RAM for writing and reading.
Data is written pixel-wise into the RAM matrix of DRIVER. The data for one pixel or two pixels is collected (RGB
1-1-1-bit), according to the data formats. As soon as this pixel-data information is complete the “Write access” is
activated on the RAM. The address pointers address the locations of RAM.
When CGM[7:0]=”70h”, the address ranges are X=0 to X=479 (1DFh) and Y=0 to Y=863 (35Fh).
When CGM[7:0]=”6Bh”, the address ranges are X=0 to X=479 (1DFh) and Y=0 to Y=853 (355h).
When CGM[7:0]=”50h”, the address ranges are X=0 to X=479 (1DFh) and Y=0 to Y=799 (31Fh).
When CGM[7:0]=”28h”, the address ranges are X=0 to X=479 (1DFh) and Y=0 to Y=719 (2CFh).
When CGM[7:0]=”00h”, the address ranges are X=0 to X=479 (1DFh) and Y=0 to Y=639 (27Fh).
Addresses outside these ranges are not allowed. Before writing to the RAM a window must be defined. The
window is programmable via the command registers XS, YS designating the start address and XE, YE
designating the end address.
For example, the whole display contents will be written when CGM[7:0]=”50h”, if the window is defined by the
following values: XS=0 (0h) YS=0 (0h) and XE=479 (1DFh), YE=799 (31Fh).
In vertical addressing mode (MV=1), the Y-address increments after each byte, after the last Y-address (Y=YE), Y
wraps around to YS and X increments to address the next column. In horizontal addressing mode (V=0), the
X-address increments after each byte, after the last X-address (X=XE), X wraps around to XS and Y increments
to address the next row. After the every last address (X=XE and Y=YE) the address pointers wrap around to
address (X=XS and Y=YS).
For flexibility in handling a wide variety of display architectures, the commands “CASET, RASET” and “MADCTR”
(see section 6 command list), define flags MX and MY, which allows mirroring of the X-address and Y-address. All
combinations of flags are allowed. Fig. 5.2.2 show the available combinations of writing to the display RAM. When
MX, MY and MV will be changed the data bust be rewritten to the display RAM.
For each image condition, the controls for the column and row counters apply as below:
Condition Column Counter Row Counter
Return to Return to
When RAMWR/RAMRD command is accepted
“Start Column (XS)” “Start Row (YS)”
Twice Increment by 1
Complete Pixel Pair Read / Write action No change
(First Pixel n then Pixel n+1)
Return to
The Column counter value is larger than “End Column (XE)” Increment by 1
“Start Column (XS)”
The Column counter value is larger than “End Column (XE)” Return to
Return to
and the Row counter value is larger than “End Row (YE)” “Start Column (XS)”
“Start Row (YS)”
NOTE:
Data is always written to the Frame Memory in the order, regardless of the Memory Write Direction set by
command MADCTL (36h) bit MY, MX and MV. The write order for each pixel unit is (R, G, B) transferred from (D2,
D1, D0) = (R, G, B). One pixel unit represents 1 column and 1 page counter value on the Frame Memory

11/8/2010 75 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.7.3 Interface to Memory Write Direction


The resultant image for each orientation setting is illustrated below.

Display Data MADCTR


Parameter Image in the Host Image in the Driver
Direction (MPU) (DDRAM)
MV MX MY
Normal 0 0 0 B H/W position (0,0) B

X-Y address (0,0)


X: CASET,
Y: RASET

E E

Y-Mirror 0 0 1 B H/W position (0,0) E

X-Y address (0,0)


X: CASET,
E Y: RASET B

X-Mirror 0 1 0 B H/W position (0,0) B X-Y address (0,0)


X: CASET,
Y: RASET

E E

X-Mirror 0 1 1 B H/W position (0,0) E


Y-Mirror

X-Y address (0,0)


X: CASET,
E B Y: RASET

X-Y Exchange 1 0 0 B H/W position (0,0) B

X-Y address (0,0)


X: CASET,
Y: RASET

E E

X-Y Exchange 1 0 1 B H/W position (0,0) E


Y-Mirror

X-Y address (0,0)


X: CASET,
E Y: RASET B

X-Y Exchange 1 1 0 B H/W position (0,0) B X-Y address (0,0)


X-Mirror X: CASET,
Y: RASET

E E

X-Y Exchange 1 1 1 B H/W position (0,0) E


X-Mirror
Y-Mirror
X-Y address (0,0)
X: CASET,
E B Y: RASET

NOTE: MV=D5 parameter of MADCTL command, MX=D6 parameter of MADCTL command,


MY=D7 parameter of MADCTL command

11/8/2010 76 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.7.4 Frame Memory to Display Address Mapping


The frame memory to display address mapping for 480RGB x 864 resolution (RSMX=RSMY=”0”) is shown below figure. The
maximum address of RA/SA/CA and used source outputs are decided by bit CGM[2:0] (see command 2Ah CASET, 2Bh
PASET and section 7.2).
Pixel 1 Pixel 2 --------- Pixel N-1 Pixel N
S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S1433 S1434 S1435 S1436 S1437 S1438 S1439 S1440
Source Output S1~S1440
R0 G0 B0 R1 G1 B1 R2 G2 G477 B477 R478 G478 B478 R479 G479 B479

RA (CA*) RGB=0 : SA
RGB=1 :
MY=0 MY=1 ML=0 ML=1

0 863 0 863
1 862 1 862
2 861 2 861
3 860 3 860
4 859 4 859
5 858 5 858
6 857 6 857
7 856 7 856
8 855 8 855
9 854 9 854
10 853 10 853
11 852 11 852
: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :
: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :
: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Display Pattern Data
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :
856 7 856 7
857 6 857 6
858 5 858 5
859 4 859 4
860 3 860 3
861 2 861 2
862 1 862 1
863 0 863 0
0 1 478 479
(RA*)

MX=0
CA

MX=1 479 478 1 0

RA = Row Address,
CA = Column Address,
SA = Scan Address,
MX = Mirror X-axis (Column address direction parameter), D6 parameter of MADCTL command
MY = Mirror Y-axis (Row address direction parameter), D7 parameter of MADCTL command
ML = Scan direction parameter, D4 parameter of MADCTL command
PTD = Source output voltage selection for 1-bit data “0” and “1”, parameter of PWCTR5 command
* RA and CA is exchange when MV = “1”

11/8/2010 77 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.8 Tearing Effect Information


5.8.1 Tearing Effect Output Line
The Tearing Effect output line supplies to the MPU a Panel synchronization signal. This signal can be enabled or
disabled by the Tearing Effect Line Off & On commands. The mode of the Tearing Effect signal is defined by the
parameter of the Tearing Effect Line On command. The signal can be used by the MPU to synchronize Frame
Memory Writing when displaying video images.
5.8.1.1 TEARING EFFECT LINE MODES
Mode 1, the Tearing Effect Output signal consists of V-Blanking Information only:
t vdl t vdh

Vertical time Scale

tvdh = The LCD display is not updated from the Frame Memory
tvdl = The LCD display is updated from the Frame Memory (except Invisible Line – see below)
Mode 2, the Tearing Effect Output signal consists of V-Blanking and H-Blanking Information, there is one V-sync
and 480 H-sync pulses per field.

thdl thdh

V-Sync V-Sync

Invisible 1st Line 2nd Line 479th Line 480th Line


Line

thdh = The LCD display is not updated from the Frame Memory
thdl = The LCD display is updated from the Frame Memory (except Invisible Line – see above)
Mode 3, this mode turn on the Tearing Effect Output signal when vertical scanning reaches line N.
For reference For reference
N=1 N=2 N=3 N=479 N=480
Not belong to Mode 3 Not belong to Mode 3

Mode 1 Mode 1
TE TE

For reference, only one pulse (thdh + thdl) is present at N-th scanning line

N = The N-th scanning line which set by register N[15:0] of command STESL (44h)
The TE mode selection is described as below table
DOPCTR TEOFF (34h)
STESL (44h)
(B100h) TEON (35h) TE Output
DSITE M N[15:0]
0 X X TE off (output low)
1 34h X TE off (output low)
1 35h with M=0 N[15:0]=0 TE high in V-porch region (Mode 1)
1 35h with M=0 N[15:0]≠0 TE high at N-th line (Mode 3)
1 35h with M=1 X TE high in all V-porch and H-porch region (Mode 2)

11/8/2010 78 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

Bottom Line

Top Line

2nd Line

TE (Mode3)
For reference,
no H-Blanking are inside the V-Blanking
t vdh

TE (Mode2)
For reference,
no H-Blanking are inside the V-Blanking

TE (Mode1)
t vdh

NOTE: During Sleep In Mode, the Tearing Output Pin is active Low

11/8/2010 79 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.8.1.2 TEARING EFFECT LINE TIMING


The Tearing Effect signal is described below:

tvdl tvdh

Vertical Timing

Horizontal Timing

thdl thdh

Table 5.8.1 AC characteristics of Tearing Effect Signal


Symbol Parameter min max unit Description
tvdl Vertical Timing Low Duration TBD - ms
tvdh Vertical Timing High Duration 1000 - µs
thdl Horizontal Timing Low Duration TBD - µs
thdh Horizontal Timing High Duration TBD 500 µs
Notes:
1. The timings in above table apply when MADCTL ML=0 and ML=1.
2. The signal’s rise and fall times (tr, tf) are stipulated to be equal to or less than 15ns when the maximum load is
TBD Ω.
The signal’s rise and fall times (tf, tr) are stipulated to be equal to or less than 15ns.

tr tf

0.8VDDIO 0.8VDDIO

0.2VDDIO 0.2VDDIO

The Tearing Effect Output Line is fed back to the MPU and should be used as shown below to avoid Tearing
Effect:

11/8/2010 80 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.8.1.3 EXAMPLE 1: MPU WRITE IS FASTER THAN PANEL READ.

MCU to
Memory
st th
1 120 time

TE Output
Signal
time

Memory to
LCD
st

Image on
1 120 th time
a b c d
LCD

Data write to Frame Memory is now synchronized to the Panel Scan. It should be written during the vertical sync
pulse of the Tearing Effect Output Line. This ensures that data is always written ahead of the panel scan and
each Panel Frame refresh has a complete new image:

Data to be
sent

a b c d
Image on
Display
Panel

11/8/2010 81 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.8.1.4 EXAMPLE 2: MPU WRITE IS SLOWER THAN PANEL READ.

MCU to
Memory
st th
1 120 time

TE Output
Signal
time

Memory to
LCD
st th

Image on
1 120 time
a b c d e f
LCD

The MPU to Frame Memory write begins just after Panel Read has commenced i.e. after one horizontal sync
pulse of the Tearing Effect Output Line. This allows time for the image to download behind the Panel Read pointer
and finishing download during the subsequent Frame before the Read Pointer “catches” the MPU to Frame
memory write position.

Data to be
sent

a b c d e f
Image on
Display
Panel

11/8/2010 82 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.9 Checksum
The display module consists of two 8-bit checksum registers, which are used checksum calculations for “User
Command Set” area registers (includes the frame memory), on the display module.
One of the checksum registers is “First Checksum” (FCS) and another is “Continue Checksum” (CCS).
These register values are set to 00h as an initial value when there is started to calculate a new checksum.
The display module is starting to calculate the new checksum after there is a write access on “User Command
Set” area registers. This means that read commands are not used as a calculation starting trigger in this case.
The checksum calculation is always interrupted, when there is a new write access on Nokia area registers. The
checksum calculation is also started from the beginning.
The result of the first finished checksum calculation is stored on the FCS register, which value is kept until there is
the new write access on “User Command Set” area registers and the new checksum value is calculated in the first
time again.
The maximum time, when the FCS is readable, is 150ms after there is the last write access on “User Command
Set” area registers.
The checksum calculation is continuing after the finished first checksum calculation where the FCS has gotten the
checksum value. These new checksum values are always stored on CCS register (Old value is replaced a new
one) after the last Nokia area register has been calculated to the checksum.
The maximum time, when the CCS is readable in the first time, is 300ms after there is the last write access on
“User Command Set” area registers.
There is always updated a checksum comparison bit (See section: “Read Display Self-Diagnostic Result (0Fh)”
and bit D0) when there is compared FCS and CCS checksums after a new checksum value is stored on CCS.
The maximum time, when the comparison has been done between FCS and CCS in the first time, is 300ms then
the comparison has been done in every 150ms (this is maximum time).
User can read FCS, CCS and Comparison bit D0 values. See section: “Read First Checksum (AAh)”, “Read
Continue Checksum (AFh)” and ”Read Display Self-Diagnostic Result (0Fh)”.
There can be an overflow during a checksum calculation. These overflow bits are not needed to store anywhere.
This means that these overflow bits can be ignored by the display module.
An example of the checksum calculation:
- Register Values: A1h, 12h, 81h, DEh, F2h
- Calculated Value: 304h (= A1h + 12h + 81h + DEh + F2h)
- Ignored Bits: 3h
- Stored Checksum: 04h
This checksum calculation function is only running in “Sleep Out” mode and it is stopped in “Sleep In” mode.

11/8/2010 83 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

Table 5.9.1 Checksum Sequence


Continue
Step Time Temporary First Checksum
Action Checksum Comment
Note1 Note2 Register Register (FCS)
Register (CCS)
The last write action on “User Command
1 0 Initialization Set to 00h Set to 00h Set to 00h Set” area registers => FCS an CCS
registers are initialized
0 Continue sum of
2 | “User Command Counting - - The first register counting is running
150ms Set” area registers
Stores sum of
Stores sum of Set to 00h after The result of the first register counting is
“User Command
3 150ms registers on FCS value is moved - stored on FCS register. The result of the
Set” area registers
register to FCS register FCS is available to the MPU
on FCS register
150ms Continue sum of
4 | “User Command Counting - - The second register counting is running
300ms Set” area registers
1) Stores sum of
The result of the comparison is stored on
registers on Stores sum of
Set to 00h after separated registers, which can read
CCS register “User Command
5 300ms value is moved - separated read commands. The result of
2) Compares Set” area registers
to CCS register the CCS and comparison result are
stored FCS and on CCS register
available to the MPU
CCS value
300ms Continue sum of
6 | “User Command Counting - - The third register counting is running
450ms Set” area registers
1) Stores sum of
The result of the comparison is stored on
registers on Stores sum of
Set to 00h after separated registers, which can read
CCS register “User Command
7 450ms value is moved - separated read commands. The result of
2) Compares Set” area registers
to CCS register the CCS and comparison result are
stored FCS and on CCS register
available to the MPU
CCS value
450 Continue sum of
8 | “User Command Counting - - The fourth register counting is running
600ms Set” area registers
1) Stores sum of
The result of the comparison is stored on
registers on Stores sum of
Set to 00h after separated registers, which can read
CCS register “User Command
9 600ms value is moved - separated read commands. The result of
2) Compares Set” area registers
to CCS register the CCS and comparison result are
stored FCS and on CCS register
available to the MPU
CCS value
Same sequence continue
10 etc - - - -
e.g. step 4 and 5

11/8/2010 84 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.10 Power On/Off Sequence


VDDI and VDD (VDDA) can be applied in any order.
VDD (VDDA) and VDDI can be powered down in any order.
During power off, if LCD is in the Sleep Out mode, VDD (VDDA) and VDDI must be powered down minimum
120msec after RESX has been released.
During power off, if LCD is in the Sleep In mode, VDDI or VDD (VDDA) can be powered down minimum 0msec
after RESX has been released.
CSX can be applied at any timing or can be permanently grounded. RESX has priority over CSX.
Notes:
1. There will be no damage to the display module if the power sequences are not met.
2. There will be no abnormal visible effects on the display panel during the Power On/Off Sequences.
3. There will be no abnormal visible effects on the display between end of Power On Sequence and before
receiving Sleep Out command. Also between receiving Sleep In command and Power Off Sequence.
4. If RESX line is not held stable by host during Power On Sequence as defined in Sections 5.10.1 and
5.10.2, then it will be necessary to apply a Hardware Reset (RESX) after Host Power On Sequence is
complete to ensure correct operation. Otherwise function is not guaranteed.
5. There is not a limit for Rise/Fall time on VDDI and VDD (VDDA).
6. The display module can also initialize and calibrate DSI-CLK+/- and DSI-D0+/- lanes within 5ms after
LP-11 (Clock and Data Channels), VDDI and VDD (VDDA) are applied and H/W Reset is not active (5ms
is as same as the Reset Cancelling Time).
The power supply ON/OFF setting for Display ON/OFF, Standby Set/Exit, and Sleep Set/Exit sequences is
illustrated in figure below.

Power On Sequence Power Off Sequence

Power Supply On Normal Display

Hardware Reset Display Off command


5 ms
SET DSPOFF (2800h)
or more

Sleep Out command


SET SPLOUT (1100h) Sleep In command
5 ms
SET SPLIN (1000h)
or more
4 frames
or more
Display On command
SET DSPON (2900h) Power Supply Off

Normal Display

11/8/2010 85 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.10.1 Case 1 – RESX line is held High or Unstable by Host at Power On


If RESX line is held High or unstable by the host during Power On, then a Hardware Reset must be applied after
both VDD (VDDA) and VDDI have been applied – otherwise correct functionality is not guaranteed. There is no
timing restriction upon this hardware reset.

tr PW = +/- no limit tf PW = +/- no limit

VDDI

VDD
Time when the later signal rises up to 90% of its typical value.
(VDDA=VDDR=VDDB) e.g. When VDD come later, this time is defined the cross point of
90% of 2.75V, not 90% of 2.4V.

Time when the former signal falls down to 90% of its typical value.
e.g. When VDD falls earlier, this time is defined the cross point of
90% of 2.75V, not 90% of 2.4V.

tf PWCSX = +/- no limit


tr PWCSX = +/- no limit

SCEX H or L

tr PWRESX = + no limit

RESX 30% tf PWRESX1 = min.


(Power down in 120ms
Sleep Out mode) tr PWRESX = + no limit

RESX 30%
(Power down in tr PWRESX2 = min. 0ns
Sleep In mode)

tf PWRESX1 is appliedto RESX falling in the Sleep Out Mode.


tf PWRESX2 is appliedto RESX falling in the Sleep In Mode.

Note: Unless otherwise specified, timings herein show cross point at 50% of signal/powerlevel.

11/8/2010 86 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.10.2 Case 2 – RESX line is held Low by host at Power On


If RESX line is held Low (and stable) by the host during Power On, then the RESX must be held low for minimum
10µsec after both VDD (VDDA) and VDDI have been applied.

tr PW = +/- no limit tfPW = +/- no limit

VDDI

VDD
Time when the later signal rises up to 90% of its typical value.
(VDDA=VDDR=VDDB) e.g. When VDD come later, this time is defined the cross point of
90% of 2.75V, not 90% of 2.4V.

Time when the former signal falls down to 90% of its typical value.
e.g. When VDD falls earlier, this time is defined the cross point of
90% of 2.75V, not 90% of 2.4V.

tf PWCSX = +/- no limit


tr PWCSX = +/- no limit

SCEX H or L

tr PWRESX = min. 10 µ s

RESX tf PWRESX1 = min.


(Power downin 120ms
Sleep Out mode) tr PWRESX = min. 10 µ s

RESX
(Power downin tr PWRESX2 = min. 0ns
Sleep In mode)

tf PWRESX1 is appliedto RESX falling in the Sleep Out Mode.


tf PWRESX2 is appliedto RESX falling in the Sleep In Mode.

Note: Unless otherwise specified, timings herein show cross point at 50% of signal/powerlevel.

5.10.3 Uncontrolled Power Off


The uncontrolled power off means a situation when e.g. there is removed a battery without the controlled power
off sequence. There will not be any damages for the display module or the display module will not cause any
damages for the host or lines of the interface. At an uncontrolled power off the display will go blank and there will
not be any visible effects within 1 second on the display (blank display) and remains blank until “Power On
Sequence” powers it up.

11/8/2010 87 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.11 Power Level Modes


5.11.1 Definition
7 level modes are defined they are in order of maximum power consumption to minimum power consumption:
1. Normal Mode On (full display), Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out.
In this mode, the display is able to show maximum 16.7M colors.
2. Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out
In this mode, part of the display is used with maximum 16.7M colors.
3. Normal Mode On (full display), Idle Mode On, Sleep Out.
In this mode, the full display is used but with 8 colors.
4. Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out
In this mode, part of the display is used but with 8 colors.
5. Sleep In Mode.
In this mode, the DC/DC converter, internal oscillator and panel driver circuit are stopped. Only the MPU
interface and registers are working with VDDI power supply. Contents of the frame memory can be safe or
random.
6. Deep Standby Mode.
In this mode, the DC/DC converter, internal oscillator and panel driver circuit are stopped. The MPU interface
and registers are not working. Contents of the frame memory is random.
7. Power Off Mode
In this mode, VDDI and VDDA/VDDR/VDDB are removed.
NOTE: Transition between mode 1~5 is controllable by MPU commands. Mode 6 is entered for power saving with
both power supplies for I/O and analog circuits and can be exited by hardware reset only (RESX=L). Mode 7 is
entered only when both power supplies for I/O and analog circuits are removed.

11/8/2010 88 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.11.2 Power Level Mode Flow Chart

Commands:
Normal display mode on = NORON
Partial mode on = PTLON
Power on sequence
Idle mode off = IDMOFF
H/W reset
Idle mode on = IDMON
S/W reset
Sleep out = SLPOUT
Sleep in = SLPIN
Deep standby mode = DSTBON Deep Standby
RESX=L
Mode On

NORON SLPIN NORON


Sleep out Sleep in PTLON
Normal display mode on Normal display mode on
PTLON Idle mode off SLPOUT Idle mode off DSTBON

IDMON IDMOFF IDMON IDMOFF

SLPIN
Sleep out Sleep in
Normal display mode on Normal display mode on
Idle mode on SLPOUT Idle mode on DSTBON

SLPIN
Sleep out Sleep in
Partial mode on Partial mode on
Idle mode off SLPOUT Idle mode off DSTBON

IDMON IDMOFF IDMON IDMOFF

PTLON SLPIN PTLON


Sleep out Sleep in NORON
Partial mode on Partial mode on
NORON Idle mode on SLPOUT Idle mode on DSTBON

Sleep out Sleep in Sleep in Deep Standby

NOTES:
1) There is not any abnormal visual effect when there is changing from one power mode to another power mode.
2) There is not any limitation, which is not specified by this spec, when there is changing from one power mode to
another power mode

11/8/2010 89 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

The following table represents the SRAM and Registers its mode state.

Control
Mode SRAM Register
Enter Exit
Sleep in mode 1 (RAMKP = 1) Keep Keep Command
Sleep in mode 2 (RAMKP = 0) Loss Keep Command
Deep-standby mode Loss Loss Command Reset pin

Keep
Reset=L Loss Reset (H/W)
(Default Value)

The condition for irregular power off mode is shown below.

Power Off Mode VDD VDDI RESX I/O


Mode 1 ON OFF High or Low Low
Mode 2 OFF ON High or Low Low
Note: VDD means VDDA, VDDR, VDDB and VDDAM

Power Off Condition

VDD ON VDD ON VDDOFF


VDDI ON VDDI OFF VDDION

If VDD turned off


If VDDI turned off

Sleep-In Mode Power-OFF Mode1 Power-OFF Mode2

If VDDI turned on
If VDD turned on
.

11/8/2010 90 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.12 Reset function


5.12.1 Register Default Value
Table 5.12.1 Default Values for User Command Set

After After After


Item
Power On Hardware Reset Software Reset
RDNUMPE (05h) 00h 00h 00h
RDDPM (0Ah) 08h 08h 08h
RDDMADCTR (0Bh) 00h 00h 00h
RDDCOLMOD (0Ch) 07h 07h 07h
RDDIM (0Dh) 00h 00h 00h
RDDSM (0Eh) 00h 00h 00h
RDDSDR (0Fh) 00h 00h 00h
Sleep In/Out (10h/11h) In In In
Partial/Normal Display (12h/13h) Normal Normal Normal
Display Inversion On/Off (21h/20h) Off Off Off
All Pixel On/Off (23h/22h) Off Off Off
Gamma setting (26h) 01h (GC0) 01h (GC0) 01h (GC0)
Display On/Off (29h/28h) Off Off Off
Column: Start Address (XS, 2Ah) 0000h 0000h 0000h
CGM[7:0]=“70h” (480x864) 01DFh (479d) 01DFh (479d) 01DFh (479d)
Column: CGM[7:0]=“6Bh” (480x854) 01DFh (479d) 01DFh (479d) 01DFh (479d)
End Address CGM[7:0]=“50h” (480x800) 01DFh (479d) 01DFh (479d) 01DFh (479d)
(XE, 2Ah) CGM[7:0]=“28h” (480x720) 01DFh (479d) 01DFh (479d) 01DFh (479d)
CGM[7:0]=“00h” (480x640) 01DFh (479d) 01DFh (479d) 01DFh (479d)
Row: Start Address (YS, 2Bh) 0000h 0000h 0000h
CGM[7:0]=“70h” (480x864) 035Fh (863d) 035Fh (863d) 035Fh (863d)
Row: CGM[7:0]=“6Bh” (480x854) 0355h (853d) 0355h (853d) 0355h (853d)
End Address CGM[7:0]=“50h” (480x800) 031Fh (799d) 031Fh (799d) 031Fh (799d)
(YE, 2Bh) CGM[7:0]=“28h” (480x720) 02CFh (719d) 02CFh (719d) 02CFh (719d)
CGM[7:0]=“00h” (480x640) 027Fh (639d) 027Fh (639d) 027Fh (639d)
Frame memory (2Ch, 2Eh, 3Ch, 3Eh) Random Random Random
Partial: Start Address (PSL, 30h) 0000h 0000h 0000h
CGM[7:0]=“70h” (480x864) 035Fh (863d) 035Fh (863d) 035Fh (863d)
Partial: CGM[7:0]=“6Bh” (480x854) 0355h (853d) 0355h (853d) 0355h (853d)
End Address CGM[7:0]=“50h” (480x800) 031Fh (799d) 031Fh (799d) 031Fh (799d)
(PEL, 30h) CGM[7:0]=“28h” (480x720) 02CFh (719d) 02CFh (719d) 02CFh (719d)
CGM[7:0]=“00h” (480x640) 027Fh (639d) 027Fh (639d) 027Fh (639d)
Tearing: On/Off (35h/34h) Off Off Off

11/8/2010 91 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

Table 5.12.1 Default Values for User Command Set (Continuous)

After After After


Item
Power On Hardware Reset Software Reset
Memory Data Access Control (36h)
00h 00h 00h
(MY/MX/MV/ML/RGB/MH/RSMX/RSMY)
Idle Mode On/Off (38h/39h) Off Off Off
Interface Pixel Color Format (3Ah) 77h 77h 77h
Set Tearing Effect Scan Line (44h) 0000h 0000h 0000h
Get Scan Line (45h) N/A N/A N/A
DSTB mode (4Fh) 00h 00h 00h
Profile Value for Display (50h) All values are FFh All values are FFh All values are FFh
Display Brightness (51h, 52h) 00h 00h 00h
CTRL Display (53h, 54h) 00h 00h 00h
CABC Control (55h, 56h) 00h 00h 00h
Write Hysteresis (57h) All values are FFh All values are FFh All values are FFh
Write Gamma Setting (58h) All values are 11h All values are 11h All values are 11h
RDFSVM (5Ah) 00h 00h 00h
RDFSVL (5Bh) 00h 00h 00h
RDMFFSVM (5Ch) 00h 00h 00h
RDMFFSVL (5Dh) 00h 00h 00h
RDLSCCM (65h, 66h) 80h 80h 80h
RDLSCCL (65h, 67h) 00h 00h 00h
Black/White Color After MTP MTP Value MTP Value MTP Value
Characteristics (70h~74h) Before MTP 00h 00h 00h
Red/Green Color After MTP MTP Value MTP Value MTP Value
Characteristics (75h~79h) Before MTP 00h 00h 00h
Blue/AColor Color After MTP MTP Value MTP Value MTP Value
Characteristics (7Ah~7Eh) Before MTP 00h 00h 00h
After MTP MTP Value MTP Value MTP Value
DDB Start/Continue (A1h)
Before MTP 00h 00h 00h
After MTP MTP Value MTP Value MTP Value
DDB Continue (A8h)
Before MTP 00h 00h 00h
First/Continue Checksum (AAh, AFh) 00h 00h 00h
After MTP MTP Value MTP Value MTP Value
ID1 (DAh)
ID2 (DBh) ID1 = ”00h” ID1 = ”00h” ID1 = ”00h”
ID3 (DCh) Before MTP ID2 = “80h” ID2 = “80h” ID2 = “80h”
ID3 = “00h” ID3 = “00h” ID3 = “00h”

11/8/2010 92 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.12.2 Output or Bi-directional (I/O) Pins

Output or Bi-directional pins After Power On After Hardware Reset After Software Reset
HSSI_DATA0_P,
High-Z (Inactive) High-Z (Inactive) High-Z (Inactive)
HSSI_DATA0_N
TE VSSI VSSI VSSI
Using SPI VDDI VDDI VDDI
SDO
Not using SPI High-Z (Inactive) High-Z (Inactive) High-Z (Inactive)
Source Driver Output High-Z (Inactive) High-Z (Inactive) High-Z (Inactive)
GOUT1~GOUT32 AVSS AVSS AVSS
NOTE: There will be no output from TE, SDO, D23-D0, HSSI_DATA0_P/N and HSSI_DATA1_P/N during Power
On/Off sequence, H/W Reset and S/W Reset
5.12.3 Input Pins
During After After During
After Power
Input pins Power On Hardware Software Power Off
On
Process Reset Reset Process
See Section See Section
RESX Input Valid Input Valid Input Valid
5.10 5.10
CSX Input Invalid Input Valid Input Valid Input Valid Input Invalid
D/CX Input Invalid Input Valid Input Valid Input Valid Input Invalid
WRX (SCL / I2C_SDA) Input Invalid Input Valid Input Valid Input Valid Input Invalid
RDX Input Invalid Input Valid Input Valid Input Valid Input Invalid
D23 to D0 Input Invalid Input Valid Input Valid Input Valid Input Invalid
SDI (I2C_SCL) Input Invalid Input Valid Input Valid Input Valid Input Invalid
HS Input Invalid Input Valid Input Valid Input Valid Input Invalid
VS Input Invalid Input Valid Input Valid Input Valid Input Invalid
PCLK Input Invalid Input Valid Input Valid Input Valid Input Invalid
DE Input Invalid Input Valid Input Valid Input Valid Input Invalid
HSSI_CLK_P,
Input Invalid Input Valid Input Valid Input Valid Input Invalid
HSSI_CLK_N
HSSI_DATA0_P,
Input Invalid Input Valid Input Valid Input Valid Input Invalid
HSSI_DATA0_N
HSSI_DATA1_P,
Input Invalid Input Valid Input Valid Input Valid Input Invalid
HSSI_DATA1_N

11/8/2010 93 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.13 Sleep Out-Command and Self-Diagnostic Functions of the Display Module


5.13.1 Register loading Detection
Sleep Out-command (See “Sleep Out (11h)”) is a trigger for an internal function of the display module, which
indicates, if the display module loading function of factory default values from EEPROM (or similar device) to
registers of the display controller is working properly.
There are compared factory values of the EEPROM and register values of the display controller by the display
st nd
controller (1 step: Compares register and EEPROM values, 2 step: Loads EEPROM value to register). If those
both values (EEPROM and register values) are same, there is inverted (=increased by 1) a bit, which is defined in
command “Read Display Self-Diagnostic Result (0Fh)” (=RDDSDR) (The used bit of these commands is D7). If
those both values are not same, this bit (D7) is not inverted (= not increased by 1) and the used TE-line is set to
low (Registers, what are set by “Tearing Effect Line On (35h)” command, are keeping their current values) when it
can be reactivated by “Tearing Effect Line On (35h)” command.
The flow chart for this internal function is following:

Power On Sequence
H/W reset
SPLIN (10h) S/W reset

Sleep Out Mode Sleep In Mode


RDDSDR's D7="0"

SPLOUT (11h)

Load values from Compares EEPROM and


EEPROM to register register values

TE-Line is
set to low
Note 2
No Are EEPROM and
register values same?

Yes

D7 inverted

NOTES:
1. There is not compared and loaded register values, which can be changed by user (00h to AFh and DAh to
DCh), by the display module.
2. This information is only used if TE line is used.
11/8/2010 94 Version 0.00
With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.13.2 Functionality Detection


Sleep Out-command (See “Sleep Out (11h)”) is a trigger for an internal function of the display module, which
indicates, if the display module is still running and meets functionality requirements.
The internal function (= the display controller) is comparing, if the display module is still meeting functionality
requirements (e.g. booster voltage levels, timings, etc.). If functionality requirement is met, there is inverted (=
increased by 1) a bit, which defined in command “Read Display Self- Diagnostic Result (0Fh)” (= RDDSDR) (The
used bit of these commands is D6). If functionality requirement is not same, this bit (D6) is not inverted (= not
increased by 1) and the used TE-line ie set to low (Registers, what are set by “Tearing Effect Line On (35h)”
command, are keeping their current values) when it can be reactivated by “Tearing Effect Line On (35h)”
command.
The flow chart for this internal function is following:

Power On Sequence
H/W reset
SPLIN (10h) S/W reset

Sleep Out Mode Sleep In Mode


RDDSDR's D6="0"

SPLOUT (11h)

Check timing, voltage levels


and other functionalities

Is functionalitiy No
requirement met?

Yes TE-Line is
set to low
D6 inverted Note 2

NOTES:
1. There is needed 120msec after Sleep Out -command, when there is changing from Sleep In –mode to Sleep
Out -mode, before there is possible to check if functionality requirements are met and a value of RDDSDR’s D6
is valid. Otherwise, there is 5msec delay for D6’s value, when Sleep Out –command is sent in Sleep Out
-mode.
2. This information is only used if TE line is used.

11/8/2010 95 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.13.3 Chip Attachment Detection


Sleep Out-command (See “Sleep Out (11h)”) is a trigger for an internal function of the display module, which
indicates, if a chip or chips (e.g. driver, etc.) of the display module is/are attached to the circuit route of a flex foil
or display glass ITO.
There is inverted (= increased by 1) a bit, which is defined in command “Read Display Self- Diagnostic Result
(0Fh)” (= RDDSDR) (The used bit of this command is D5), if the chip or chips is/are attached to the circuit route of
the flex or display glass. If this chip is or those chips are not attached to the circuit route of the flex or display glass,
this bit (D5) is not inverted (= not increased by 1) and the used TE-line ie set to low (Registers, what are set by
“Tearing Effect Line On (35h)” command, are keeping their current values) when it can be reactivated by “Tearing
Effect Line On (35h)” command.
The following figure is for reference purposes; how this chip attachment can be implemented e.g. there are
connected together 2 bumps via route of ITO or the flex foil on 4 corners of the driver (chip).
Bump

Routing Routing
between Through view of driver (or any chip) to bumps between
bumps bumps

Substrate or flex foil

The flow chart for this internal function is following:

Power On Sequence
H/W reset
SPLIN (10h) S/W reset

Sleep Out Mode Sleep In Mode RDDSDR's D5="0"

SLPOUT (11h)

Checks, if chip is
attached to route

No
Is chip attached to routes?

Yes TE-Line is
set to low
D5 Inverted Note 2

NOTE: This information is only used if TE line is used.

11/8/2010 96 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.14 Display Panel Color Characteristics


Color characteristics of the display panel are stored on the display module that they can be read via the used
interface by the engine what is using this display panel color characteristics information to adjust a color
information of the image frame, what is on the engine, to match a wanted color outlook of the image on the
display panel.
Used color characteristics can share 2 categories: Mandatory and Optional. The mandatory color characteristics
are Black, White, Red, Green and Blue. The optional color characteristics is used if it is needed and it is called as
A color (e.g. Cyan). The bits of the A color are set to ‘0’s they are not used on the display module.
th th
A read color characteristic value is based on 10 bit floating value where the MSB is 9 bit and the LSB is 0 bit. All
power values of the bits are listed below:
- Bit 9: 2-1 = 0.5,
- Bit 8: 2-2 = 0.25,
- Bit 7: 2-3 = 0.125,
- Bit 6: 2-4 = 0.0625,
- Bit 5: 2-5 = 0.03125,
- Bit 4: 2-6 = 0.015625,
- Bit 3: 2-7 = 0.007813,
- Bit 2: 2-8 = 0.003906,
- Bit 1: 2-9 = 0.001953,
- Bit 0: 2-10 = 0.000977.
The wanted value is an approximation in the most of the cases when there is used binary numbers. Therefore,
there is used the nearest value what can get e.g. Rx can be:
- Actual value: 0.6400, Stored value Rx[9:0] = 10 1000 1111b = 0.6396,
- Actual value: 0.3300, Stored value Rx[9:0] = 01 0101 0010b = 0.3301,
- Actual value: 0.3000, Stored value Rx[9:0] = 01 0011 0011b = 0.2998,
- Actual value: 0.6000, Stored value Rx[9:0] = 10 0110 0101b = 0.5986,
- Actual value: 0.1500, Stored value Rx[9:0] = 00 1001 1010b = 0.1504,
- Actual value: 0.0600, Stored value Rx[9:0] = 00 0011 1101b = 0.0596,
- Actual value: 0.3127, Stored value Rx[9:0] = 01 0100 0000b = 0.3125,
- Actual value: 0.3290, Stored value Rx[9:0] = 01 0101 0001b = 0.3291.
The value 0.6396 has calculated as follows:
- Binary value: 10 1000 1111b
- Formula: Rx[9]x0.5+Rx[8]x0.25+Rx[7]x0.125+Rx[6]x0.0625+Rx[5]x0.03125+Rx[4]x0.015625+
Rx[3]x0.007813+Rx[2]x0.003906+Rx[1]x0.001953+R[0]x0.000977
- Use: 1x0.5+0x0.25+1x0.125+0x0.0625+0x0.03125+0x0.015625+1x0.007813+1x0.003906+
1x0.001953+1x0.000977
See also sections:
“Read Black/White Low Bits (70h)”, “Read Bkx (71h)”, “Read Bky (72h)”, “Read Wx (73h)”, “Read Wy (74h)”,
“Read Red/Green Low bits (75h)”, “Read Rx (76h)”, “Read Ry (77h)”, “Read Gx (78h)”, “Read Gy (79h)”,
“Read Blue/AColor Low Bits (7Ah)”, “Read Bx (7Bh)”, “Read By (7Ch)”, “Read Ax (7Dh)”, “Read Ay (7Eh)”.

11/8/2010 97 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.15 Gamma Function


The structure of grayscale amplifier is shown as below. The 26 voltage levels between VGMP and VGSP are
determined by the gradient adjustment register, the reference adjustment register, the amplitude adjustment
resister and the micro-adjustment register.

VGMP
1024 to 1
V0~V1023 V0
V0
R 1024 to 1
V0~V1023 V1
V1
R 1024 to 1
V0~V1023 V3
V2
1024 to 1
V0~V1023 V5
1024 to 1
V0~V1023 V7
V254 1024 to 1
V0~V1023 V11
R
V255 1024 to 1
V0~V1023 V15
R
V256 1024 to 1
V0~V1023 V23
R
V257 1024 to 1
V0~V1023 V31
1024 to 1
V0~V1023 V47
1024 to 1
V0~V1023 V63
V510 1024 to 1
V0~V1023 V95
R
V511 1024 to 1
V0~V1023 V127
R
Rx1023
V512 1024 to 1
V0~V1023 V128
R
V513 1024 to 1
V0~V1023 V160
1024 to 1
V0~V1023 V192
1024 to 1
V0~V1023 V208
V766 1024 to 1
V0~V1023 V224
R
V767 1024 to 1
V0~V1023 V232
R
V768 1024 to 1
V0~V1023 V240
R
V769 1024 to 1
V0~V1023 V244
1024 to 1
V0~V1023 V248
1024 to 1
V0~V1023 V250
V1021 1024 to 1
V0~V1023 V252
R
V1022 1024 to 1
V0~V1023 V254
R
V1023 1024 to 1
V0~V1023 V255
VGSP

11/8/2010 98 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.16 Basic Display Mode


The NT35510 has some basic operation modes which are Normal Display Mode, Partial Display Mode, Idle Mode,
All Pixel On and All pixel Off for panel display. User can change these display modes for each other is illustrated
below.

Normal Display Mode All Pixel On


NORON ALLPON ALLPON
Normal display mode on All pixel on
Idle mode off Idle mode off
NORON

Idle Off
IDMOFF IDMOFF
IDMON IDMON
Idle On
NORON ALLPON ALLPON
Nomal display mode on All pixel on
Idle mode on Idle mode on
NORON

NORON ALLPON

PTLON ALLPOFF

PTLON ALLPOFF ALLPOFF


Partial mode on All pixel off
Idle mode on Idle mode on
PTLON

Idle On
IDMON IDMON
IDMOFF IDMOFF
Idle Off
PTLON ALLPOFF ALLPOFF
Partial mode on All pixel off
Idle mode off Idle mode off
PTLON

Partial Display Mode All Pixel Off

11/8/2010 99 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.17 Instruction Setting Sequence


When setting instruction to the NT35510, the sequences shown in below figures must be followed to complete the
instruction setting.
5.17.1 Sleep In/Out Sequence

Sleep Mode Sequence

Display Off Sequence

Sleep In Command
(SLPIN 1000h)

Sleep Out Command


(SLPIN 1100h)

Delay 5 msec or more

Display On Sequence

11/8/2010 100 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.17.2 Deep Standby Mode Enter/Exit Sequence

Deep Standby Mode Sequence

Set Display Off


(DSPOFF 2800h)

Enter Sleep In Mode


(SLPIN 1000h)

Enter Deep Standby Mode


(DSTBON 4F00h with bit DSTB="1")

Exit Deep Standby Mode


(Set RESX pin low pulse more than 3 msec)

Initial Instruction Setting


and SRAM Data Setting

Display On Sequence

11/8/2010 101 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.18 Instruction Setup Flow


5.18.1 Initializing with the Built-in Power Supply Circuits

Initializing Start (Power ON)

H/W Reset
• Power Input: GND, VDDI, VDD (Any order)
Wait until Power Stabilization
• RESX = " L "
Wait for more than 10µs
• RESX = " H "

Power Supply Set


• SLPOUT (Sleep mode Off & OSC / Booster On)

Display Environment Set 2 (If not used, can be skipped)

• INVON / INVOFF (Display Inversion / Normal Set)


• PTLAR / PTLON / NORON (Partial Area Set & Partial On / Normal On Set)
- PSL / PEL (Partial Start / End Lines Set)
• MADCTL (Memory Data Access Control)
- Row Direction (MY), Column Direction (MX), Row / Column Exchange (MV)
- Vertical Refresh Order (ML), Stripe / Square RGBW (RGB)
- Horizontal Refresh Order (MH)
• COLMOD (Interface Pixel Format Set)

Display Data Write & Display On


• RASET / CASET (Roe / Column Address Set)
- XS / XE (Start / End Column Address Set)
- YS / YE (Start / End Row Address Set)
• RAMWR (Memory Data Write)
Wait for more than 120 ms after power control command
• DISPON (Display On)

Initializing End

Fig. 5.18.1 Initializing with the built-in power supply circuit


The initializing sequence does not have any effect on the display. The display is in its normal background color
during the initializing.

11/8/2010 102 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.18.2 Power OFF Sequence

Power OFF Start (Without H/W Reset)

• DISPOFF (Display Off)


All of the source pins become PVDD potential

• SLPIN (Sleep In)


All the OLED power supply circuit and oscillator circuit becom off

• Stop the Power Supply: VDDI and VDD Stop (Any Order)

Power OFF End

Power OFF Start (With H/W Reset)

• RESX = " L "


Wait for more than 10µs
• RESX = " H "

• Stop the Power Supply: VDDI and VDD Stop (Any Order)

Power OFF End

Fig. 5.18.2 Power off sequence

11/8/2010 103 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.19 MTP Write Sequence


Start

Power on and normal display

RDMTP command
Check related
No End
MTP_STUS1 bit = 0 (EF00h)
MTP_STUS2 bit = 0 (EF01h)
MTP was programmed

Yes

Adjust the MTP registers to optimal value * Refer command EDxxh for the related MTP registers

MTPEN command (ED00h, ED01h)


Set related MTP_EN1 bit = 1

MTP
Connect high voltage 7.75V to MTP_PWR pin
Programming

7.75V is not connected to MTP_PWR pin

MTPDET command (EC00h)


No
Check MTP_DET bit = 1

Yes

MTPWR command (EE00h)

Wait for more than 500 msec

Remove high voltage 7.75V


from MTP_PWR pin

MTPEN command (ED00h, ED01h)


Set all MTP_EN1 bit = 0

Set hardware reset

SLPOUT command (1100h)

MTP
Programming
Verify

Read MTP registers all correct ? No Re-execute MTP Programming Sequence

Yes

End

st
Note: The multi-times MTP must be programmed from the 1 time.
(ID1/2/3, VGMP/VGSP, VGMN/VGSN, VCOM, Gamma 2.2, VGMP/VGSP LUT)

11/8/2010 104 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

5.20 Column, 1-Dot, 2-Dot, 3-Dot and 4-Dot Inversion (VCOM DC Drive)
The NT35510, in addition to the frame-inversion liquid crystal drive, supports the column, 1–dot, 2-dot, 3-dot and
4-dot inversion driving methods to invert the polarity of liquid crystal. The column, 1–dot, 2-dot, 3-dot and 4-dot
inversion can provide a solution for improving display quality.
In determining the inversion drive for the inversion cycle, check the quality of display on the liquid crystal panel.
Note that setting 1-dot inversion will raise the frequency of the liquid crystal polarity inversion and increase the
charging/discharging current on liquid crystal cells.

11/8/2010 105 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

6 COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
6.1 User Command Set
Table 6.1.1 User Command Set
Address Parameter
Instruction ACT R/W Function
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0

NOP Dir W 00h 0000h No Argument (0000h in MDDI I/F) No Operation

SWRESET Cnd1 W 01h 0100h No Argument (0000h in MDDI I/F) Software reset

0400h 00h ID17 ID16 ID15 ID14 ID13 ID12 ID11 ID10 Read display ID

RDDID Dir R 04h 0401h 00h ID27 ID26 ID25 ID24 ID23 ID22 ID21 ID20

0402h 00h ID37 ID36 ID35 ID34 ID33 ID32 ID31 ID30

RDNUMPE Dir R 05h X X P7 P6 P5 P4 P3 P2 P1 P0 Read No. of the Errors on DSI only

RDDPM Dir R 0Ah 0A00h 00h D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 Read Display Power Mode

RDDMADCTL Dir R 0Bh 0B00h 00h D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 Read Display MADCTR

RDDCOLMOD Dir R 0Ch 0C00h 00h D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 Read Display Pixel Format

RDDIM Dir R 0Dh 0D00h 00h D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 Read Display Image Mode

RDDSM Dir R 0Eh 0E00h 00h D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 Read Display Signal Mode

RDDSDR Dir R 0Fh 0F00h 00h D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 Read Display Self-diagnostic result

SLPIN DVS W 10h 1000h No Argument (0000h in MDDI I/F) Sleep in & booster off

SLPOUT Dir W 11h 1100h No Argument (0000h in MDDI I/F) Sleep out & booster on

PTLON DVS W 12h 1200h No Argument (0000h in MDDI I/F) Partial mode on

NORON DVS W 13h 1300h No Argument (0000h in MDDI I/F) Partial off (Normal)

INVOFF DVS W 20h 2000h No Argument (0000h in MDDI I/F) Display inversion off (normal)

INVON DVS W 21h 2100h No Argument (0000h in MDDI I/F) Display inversion on

ALLPOFF DVS W 22h 2200h No Argument (0000h in MDDI I/F) All pixel off (black)

ALLPON DVS W 23h 2300h No Argument (0000h in MDDI I/F) All pixel on (white)

GAMSET DVS W 26h 2600h 00h GC7 GC6 GC5 GC4 GC3 GC2 GC1 GC0 Gamma curve select

DISPOFF DVS W 28h 2800h No Argument (0000h in MDDI I/F) Display off

DISPON DVS W 29h 2900h No Argument (0000h in MDDI I/F) Display on


Column address set
2A00h 00h XS15 XS14 XS13 XS12 XS11 XS10 XS9 XS8
XS[15:0]: column start address
2A01h 00h XS7 XS6 XS5 XS4 XS3 XS2 XS1 XS0 XE[15:0]: column end address
CASET Dir W 2Ah
2A02h 00h XE15 XE14 XE13 XE12 XE11 XE10 XE9 XE8

2A03h 00h XE7 XE6 XE5 XE4 XE3 XE2 XE1 XE0
Row address set
2B00h 00h YS15 YS14 YS13 YS12 YS11 YS10 YS9 YS8
YS[15:0]: row start address
2B01h 00h YS7 YS6 YS5 YS4 YS3 YS2 YS1 YS0 YE[15:0]: row end address
RASET Dir W 2Bh
2B02h 00h YE15 YE14 YE13 YE12 YE11 YE10 YE9 YE8

2B03h 00h YE7 YE6 YE5 YE4 YE3 YE2 YE1 YE0

RAMWR Dir W 2Ch X X D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 Memory write

RAMRD Dir R 2Eh 2E00h 00h D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 Memory read


Partial start/end address set
3000h 00h PSL15 PSL14 PSL13 PSL12 PSL11 PSL10 PSL9 PSL8
PSL[15:0]: partial start address
3001h 00h PSL7 PSL6 PSL5 PSL4 PSL3 PSL2 PSL1 PSL0 PEL[15:0]: partial end address
PTLAR DVS W 30h
3002h 00h PEL15 PEL14 PEL13 PEL12 PEL11 PEL10 PEL9 PEL8

3003h 00h PEL7 PEL6 PEL5 PEL4 PEL3 PEL2 PEL1 PEL0

TEOFF DVS W 34h 3400h No Argument (0000h in MDDI I/F) Tearing effect line off

TEON DVS W 35h 3500h 00h - - - - - - - M Tearing effect mode set & on

MADCTL Cnd2 W 36h 3600h 00h MY MX MV ML RGB MH RSMX RSMY Memory data access control

IDMOFF DVS W 38h 3800h No Argument (0000h in MDDI I/F) Idle mode off

IDMON DVS W 39h 3900h No Argument (0000h in MDDI I/F) Idle mode on

11/8/2010 106 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

Table 6.1.1 User Command Set (Continued)


Address Parameter
Instruction ACT R/W Function
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
COLMOD Dir W 3Ah 3A00h 00h VIPF3 VIPF2 VIPF1 VIPF0 IFPF3 IFPF2 IFPF1 IFPF0 Interface pixel format

RAMWRC Dir W 3Ch 3C00h 00h D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 Memory write Continue

RAMRDC Dir R 3Eh 3C00h 00h D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 Memory read Continue

4400h 00h N15 N14 N13 N12 N11 N10 N9 N8 Set tearing effect scan line
STESL DVS W 44h
4401h 00h N7 N6 N5 N4 N3 N2 N1 N0

4500h 00h N15 N14 N13 N12 N11 N10 N9 N8 Get scan line
GSL Dir R 45h
4501h 00h N7 N6 N5 N4 N3 N2 N1 N0

DSTBON DVS W 4Fh 4F00h 00h 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DSTB Deep standby mode on

5000h 00h V017 V016 V015 V014 V013 V012 V011 V010 Write profile value for display

5001h 00h V027 V026 V025 V024 V023 V022 V021 V020

WRPFD DVS W 50h : : : : : : : : : :

500Eh 00h V157 V156 V155 V154 V153 V152 V151 V150

500Fh 00h V167 V166 V165 V164 V163 V162 V161 V160

WRDISBV DVS W 51h 5100h 00h DBV7 DBV6 DBV5 DBV4 DBV3 DBV2 DBV1 DBV0 Write display brightness

RDDISBV Dir R 52h 5200h 00h DBV7 DBV6 DBV5 DBV4 DBV3 DBV2 DBV1 DBV0 Read display brightness value

WRCTRLD DVS W 53h 5300h 00h 0 0 BCTRL A DD BL DB G Write control display

RDCTRLD Dir R 54h 5400h 00h 0 0 BCTRL A DD BL DB G Read control display value

WRCABC DVS W 55h 5500h 00h 0 0 0 0 0 0 C1 C0 Write CABC mode

RDCABC Dir R 56h 5600h 00h 0 0 0 0 0 0 C1 C0 Read CABC mode

5700h 00h I017 I016 I015 I014 I013 I012 I011 I010 Write hysteresis

5701h 00h I027 I026 I025 I024 I023 I022 I021 I020

: : : : : : : : : :

570Eh 00h I157 I156 I155 I154 I153 I152 I151 I150

570Fh 00h I167 I166 I165 I164 I163 I162 I161 I160
WRHYSTE DVS W 57h
5710h 00h D017 D016 D015 D014 D013 D012 D011 D010

5711h 00h D027 D026 D025 D024 D023 D022 D021 D020

: : : : : : : : : :

571Eh 00h D157 D156 D155 D154 D153 D152 D151 D150

571Fh 00h D167 D166 D165 D164 D163 D162 D161 D160

5800h 00h G023 G022 G021 G020 G013 G012 G011 G010 Write gamma setting

5801h 00h G043 G042 G041 G040 G033 G032 G031 G030

WRGAMMSET DVS W 58h : : : : : : : : : :

5806h 00h G143 G142 G141 G140 G133 G132 G131 G130

5807h 00h G163 G162 G161 G160 G153 G152 G151 G150

RDFSVM Dir R 5Ah 5A00h 00h FSV15 FSV14 FSV13 FSV12 FSV11 FSV10 FSV9 FSV8 Read FS value MSBs

RDFSVL Dir R 5Bh 5B00h 00h FSV7 FSV6 FSV5 FSV4 FSV3 FSV2 FSV1 FSV0 Read FS value LSBs

RDMFFSVM Dir R 5Ch 5C00h 00h FFSV15 FFSV14 FFSV13 FFSV12 FFSV11 FFSV10 FFSV9 FFSV8 Read median filter FS value MSBs

RDMFFSVL Dir R 5Dh 5D00h 00h FFSV7 FFSV6 FFSV5 FFSV4 FFSV3 FFSV2 FFSV1 FFSV0 Read median filter FS value LSBs

WRCABCMB DVS W 5Eh 5E00h 00h CMB7 CMB6 CMB5 CMB4 CMB3 CMB2 CMB1 CMB0 Write CABC minimum brightness

RDCABCMB Dir R 5Fh 5F00h 00h CMB7 CMB6 CMB5 CMB4 CMB3 CMB2 CMB1 CMB0 Read CABC minimum brightness

11/8/2010 107 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

Table 6.1.1 User Command Set (Continued)


Address Parameter
Instruction ACT R/W Function
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0

6500h 00h CC15 CC14 CC13 CC12 CC11 CC10 CC9 CC8 Write light sensor compensation
WRLSCC DVS W 65h
coefficient
6501h 00h CC7 CC6 CC5 CC4 CC3 CC2 CC1 CC0

RDLSCCM Dir R 66h 6600h 00h CC15 CC14 CC13 CC12 CC11 CC10 CC9 CC8 Read LSCC value MSBs

RDLSCCL Dir R 67h 6700h 00h CC7 CC6 CC5 CC4 CC3 CC2 CC1 CC0 Read LSCC value LSBs

RDBWLB Dir R 70h 7000h 00h Bkx1 Bkx0 Bky1 Bky0 Wx1 Wx0 Wy1 Wy0 Read Black/White low bit

RDBkx Dir R 71h 7100h 00h Bkx9 Bkx8 Bkx7 Bkx6 Bkx5 Bkx4 Bkx3 Bkx2 Read Bkx

RDBky Dir R 72h 7200h 00h Bky9 Bky8 Bky7 Bky6 Bky5 Bky4 Bky3 Bky2 Read Bky

RDWx Dir R 73h 7300h 00h Wx9 Wx8 Wx7 Wx6 Wx5 Wx4 Wx3 Wx2 Read Wx

RDWy Dir R 74h 7400h 00h Wy9 Wy8 Wy7 Wy6 Wy5 Wy4 Wy3 Wy2 Read Wy

RDRGLB Dir R 75h 7500h 00h Rx1 Rx0 Ry1 Ry0 Gx1 Gx0 Gy1 Gy0 Read Red/Green low bit

RDRx Dir R 76h 7600h 00h Rx9 Rx8 Rx7 Rx6 Rx5 Rx4 Rx3 Rx2 Read Rx

RDRy Dir R 77h 7700h 00h Ry9 Ry8 Ry7 Ry6 Ry5 Ry4 Ry3 Ry2 Read Ry

RDGx Dir R 78h 7800h 00h Gx9 Gx8 Gx7 Gx6 Gx5 Gx4 Gx3 Gx2 Read Gx

RDGy Dir R 79h 7900h 00h Gy9 Gy8 Gy7 Gy6 Gy5 Gy4 Gy3 Gy2 Read Gy

RDBALB Dir R 7Ah 7A00h 00h Bx1 Bx0 By1 By0 Ax1 Ax0 Ay1 Ay0 Read Blue/AColor low bit

RDBx Dir R 7Bh 7B00h 00h Bx9 Bx8 Bx7 Bx6 Bx5 Bx4 Bx3 Bx2 Read Bx

RDBy Dir R 7Ch 7C00h 00h By9 By8 By7 By6 By5 By4 By3 By2 Read By

RDAx Dir R 7Dh 7D00h 00h Ax9 Ax8 Ax7 Ax6 Ax5 Ax4 Ax3 Ax2 Read Ax

RDAy Dir R 7Eh 7E00h 00h Ay9 Ay8 Ay7 Ay6 Ay5 Ay4 Ay3 Ay2 Read Ay

A100h 00h SID7 SID6 SID5 SID4 SID3 SID2 SID1 SID0 Read DDB start

A101h 00h SID15 SID14 SID13 SID12 SID11 SID10 SID9 SID8

RDDDBS Dir R A1h A102h 00h MID7 MID6 MID5 MID4 MID3 MID2 MID1 MID0

A103h 00h MID15 MID14 MID13 MID12 MID11 MID10 MID9 MID8

A104h 00h 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

A800h 00h SID7 SID6 SID5 SID4 SID3 SID2 SID1 SID0 Read DDB continue

A801h 00h SID15 SID14 SID13 SID12 SID11 SID10 SID9 SID8

RDDDBC Dir R A8h A802h 00h MID7 MID6 MID5 MID4 MID3 MID2 MID1 MID0

A803h 00h MID15 MID14 MID13 MID12 MID11 MID10 MID9 MID8

A804h 00h 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

RDFCS Dir R AAh AA00h 00h FCS7 FCS6 FCS5 FCS4 FCS3 FCS2 FCS1 FCS0 Read first checksum

RDCCS Dir R AFh AF00h 00h CCS7 CCS6 CCS5 CCS4 CCS3 CCS2 CCS1 CCS0 Read continue checksum

RDID1 Dir R DAh DA00h 00h ID17 ID16 ID15 ID14 ID13 ID12 ID11 ID10 Read ID1

RDID2 Dir R DBh DB00h 00h ID27 ID26 ID25 ID24 ID23 ID22 ID21 ID20 Read ID2

RDID3 Dir R DCh DC00h 00h ID37 ID36 ID35 ID34 ID33 ID32 ID31 ID30 Read ID3

11/8/2010 108 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

Notes:
1. The following description is indicates the executing time of instructions.
No. Symbol Executing Time
1 Dir (Direct) At the received a completed instruction and parameter
2 DVS (Display Vertical Sync.) Synchronized with the next frame
3 DHS (Display Horizontal Sync.) Synchronized with the next line

State Executing time


4 Cnd1 (By Conditional 1) When Sleep In Dir
Other DHS

State Executing time


5 Cnd2 (By Conditional 2) B7, B6, B5 Dir
B4, B3, B2, B1, B0 DVS

2. In MIPI interface, parameters of the command are stores onto registers when the last parameter of the
command has been received. Also, parameters of the command are not stored onto registers if there has been
happen a break. See more information on the section “5.4 DATA TRANSFER RECOVERY”. This note is valid
when a number of the parameters is equal or less than 32 (In case of other interfaces, parameters of command
2A00h~2A03h are stored on relative registers while command 2A00h~2A03h are executed completely and
same for command 2B00h~2B03h, 3000h~3003h and 4000h~4001h).
3. When using the commands without parameter (No Argument) in MDDI interface, a dummy parameter must be
followed after command address. For example, command SPLOUT can be executed as 0x11 only in MIPI,
MPU and SPI interfaces but should be executed as 0x1100 + 0x0000 in MDDI interface.

11/8/2010 109 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

NOP (0000h)
Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
NOP Write 00h 0000h No Argument (0000h in MDDI I/F)
NOTE: “-” Don’t care
This command is empty command. It does not have effect on the display module.
However it can be used to terminate RAM data write, RAM data read, RAM data write continue or RAM
Description
data read continue as described in RAMWR (Memory Write), RAMRD (Memory Read), RAMWRC
(Memory Write Continue) and RAMRDC (Memory Read Continue) and parameter write commands.
Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Power On Sequence N/A
Default
S/W Reset N/A
H/W Reset N/A

Flow Chart -

11/8/2010 110 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

SWRESET: Software Reset (0100h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
SWRESET Write 01h 0100h No Argument (0000h in MDDI I/F)
NOTE: “-” Don’t care
When the Software Reset command is written, it causes a software reset. It resets the commands and
parameters to their S/W Reset default values. (See default tables in each command description)
Description
The display is blank immediately.
Note: The Frame Memory content is kept or not by this command.
It will be necessary to wait 5msec before sending new command following software reset.
The display module loads all display supplier’s factory default values to the registers during this 5msec.
Restriction If Software Reset is applied during Sleep Out mode, it will be necessary to wait 120msec before sending
Sleep Out command.
Software Reset command cannot be sent during Sleep Out sequence.

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Power On Sequence N/A
Default
S/W Reset N/A
H/W Reset N/A

Legend
SWRESET(01h)
Host
Driver Command
Display whole
blank screen Parameter

Flow Chart Set Display


Command
Action
to S/W Default
Value Mode

Sequential
Sleep In Mode transfer

11/8/2010 111 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RDDID: Read Display ID (0400h~0402h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
0400h 00h ID17 ID16 ID15 ID14 ID13 ID12 ID11 ID10
RDDID Read 04h 0401h 00h ID27 ID26 ID25 ID24 ID23 ID22 ID21 ID20
0402h 00h ID37 ID36 ID35 ID34 ID33 ID32 ID31 ID30
NOTE: “-” Don’t care
This read byte returns 24-bit display identification information.
st
The 1 parameter (ID1): the module’s manufacture ID.
nd
The 2 parameter (ID2): the module/driver version ID.
Description rd
The 3 parameter (ID3): the module/driver ID.
Note: Commands RDID1/2/3 (DAh, DBh, DCh) read data correspond to the parameter 1, 2, 3 of the
command 04h, respectively.
Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Default Value
Status
After MTP Before MTP
Default Power On Sequence MTP Values ID1=00h, ID2=80h, ID3=00h
S/W Reset MTP Values ID1=00h, ID2=80h, ID3=00h
H/W Reset MTP Values ID1=00h, ID2=80h, ID3=00h

Legend

RDDID(04h)
Host Command
Driver
Parameter
Send 1st Parameter
ID1[7:0]
Flow Chart Display

Send 2nd Parameter Action


ID2[7:0]
Mode

Sequential
Send 3rd Parameter
transfer
ID3[7:0]

11/8/2010 112 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RDNUMED: Read Number of Errors on DSI (0500h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
RDNUMED Read 05h X X P7 P6 P5 P4 P3 P2 P1 P0
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
The first parameter is telling a number of the parity errors on DSI. The more detailed description of the
bits is below.
P[6..0] bits are telling a number of the parity errors.
P[7] is set to “1” if there is overflow with P[6..0] bits.
Description
P[7..0] bits are set to “0”s (as well as RDDSM(0Eh)’s D0 are set “0” at the same time) after there is sent
the first parameter information (= The read function is completed).
See also section “Acknowledge with Error Report (AwER)” and command RDDSM 0Eh.
This command is used for MIPI DSI only. It is no function for others interface operation.
Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Power On Sequence 00h
Default
S/W Reset 00h
H/W Reset 00h

Legend
RDNUMED(05h)
Host
Driver Command
st
Send 1 Parameter Parameter

Flow Chart Display


P[7:0] = 00h
Action
RDDSM(0Eh)'s D0='0'
Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 113 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RDDPM: Read Display Power Mode (0A00h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
RDDPM Read 0Ah 0A00h 00h D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command indicates the current status of the display as described in the table below:
Bit Description Value
D7 Booster Voltage Status “1”=Booster On, “0”=Booster Off
D6 Idle Mode On/Off “1”=Idle Mode On, “0”=Idle Mode Off
D5 Partial Mode On/Off “1” = Partial Mode On, “0” = Partial Mode Off
Description D4 Sleep In/Out “1” = Sleep Out Mode, “0” = Sleep In Mode
D3 Display Normal Mode On/Off “1” = Display Normal On, “0” = Display Normal Off
D2 Display On/Off “1” = Display is On, “0” = Display is Off
D1 Not Defined Set to “0” (not used)
D0 Not Defined Set to “0” (not used)

Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Power On Sequence 08h
Default
S/W Reset 08h
H/W Reset 08h

Legend
RDDPM(0Ah)
Host Command
Driver
Parameter
st
Send 1 Parameter

Flow Chart Display

Action

Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 114 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RDDMADCTL: Read Display MADCTL (0B00h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
RDDMADCTL Read 0Bh 0B00h 00h D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command indicates the current status of the display as described in the table below:
Bit Description Value
D7 Row Address Order (MY) “0” = Increment , “1” = Decrement
D6 Column Address Order (MX) “0” = Increment , “1” = Decrement
D5 Row/Column Exchange (MV) “0”= Normal , “1”= Row/column exchange
Description D4 Vertical refresh Order (ML) “0” = Increment , “1” = Decrement
“0” = RGB color sequence
D3 RGB-BGR Order
“1” = BGR color sequence
D2 Horizontal refresh Order (MH) “0” = Increment , “1” = Decrement
D1 Flip horizontal (RSMX) “0” = Normal , “1” = Horizontal flip
D0 Flip vertical (RSMY) “0” = Normal , “1” = Vertical flip

Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Default Power On Sequence 00h
S/W Reset 00h
H/W Reset 00h

Legend
RDDMADCTL(0Bh)
Host Command
Driver
Parameter
Send 1st Parameter

Flow Chart Display

Action

Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 115 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RDDCOLMOD: Read Display Pixel Format (0C00h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
RDDCOLMOD Read 0Ch 0C00h 00h D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command indicates the current status of the display as described in the table below:
Bit Description Value
D7 Not Defined Set to “0” (not used)
“101” = 16-bit / pixel
D6 ~ D4 RGB Interface Color Format “110” = 18-bit / pixel
Description “111” = 24-bit / pixel
D3 Not Defined Set to “0” (not used)
“101” = 16-bit / pixel
D2 ~ D0 Control Interface Color Format “110” = 18-bit / pixel
“111” = 24-bit / pixel

Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Default Power On Sequence 07h
S/W Reset 07h
H/W Reset 07h

Legend
RDDCOLMOD(0Ch)
Host Command
Driver
Parameter
st
Send 1 Parameter

Flow Chart Display

Action

Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 116 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RDDIM: Read Display Image Mode (0D00h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
RDDIM Read 0Dh 0D00h 00h D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command indicates the current status of the display as described in the table below:
Bit Description Value
D7 Vertical Scrolling On/Off Set to “0” (not used)
D6 Horizontal Scrolling On/Off Set to “0” (not used)
D5 Inversion On/Off “1” = Inversion On, “0” = Inversion Off
Description D4 All Pixel On “1” = White display, “0” = Normal display
D3 All Pixel Off “1” = Black display, “0” = Normal display
“000” = GC0, “001” = GC1
D2 ~ D0 Gamma Curve Selection “010” = GC2, “011” = GC3
“100” to “111” = not defined

Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Default Power On Sequence 00h
S/W Reset 00h
H/W Reset 00h

Legend
RDDIM(0Dh)
Host Command
Driver
st
Parameter
Send 1 Parameter

Flow Chart Display

Action

Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 117 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RDDSM: Read Display Signal Mode (0E00h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
RDDSM Read 0Eh 0E00h 00h D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command indicates the current status of the display as described in the table below:
Bit Description Value
D7 Tearing Effect Line On/Off “1” = On, “0” = Off
D6 Tearing Effect Line Mode “1” = Mode 2, “0” = Mode 1
D5 Horizontal Sync. (HS, RGB I/F)On/Off “1” = HS bit is “1”, “0” = HS bit is “0”
Description D4 Vertical Sync. (VS, RGB I/F)On/Off “1” = VS bit is “1”, “0” = VS bit is “0”
D3 Pixel Clock (PCLK, RGB I/F)On/Off “1” = PCLK line is On, “0” = PCLK line is Off
D2 Data Enable (DE, RGB I/F)On/Off “1” = DE bit is “1”, “0” = DE bit is “0”
D1 Not Defined Set to “0” (not used)
D0 Error on DSI “1” = Error, “0” = No Error
Note: Bit D5 to D2 indicate current status of the lines when this command has been sent.
Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Default Power On Sequence 00h
S/W Reset 00h
H/W Reset 00h

Legend
RDDSM(0Eh)
Host Command
Driver
Parameter
st
Send 1 Parameter

Flow Chart Display

Action

Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 118 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RDDSDR: Read Display Self-Diagnostic Result (0F00h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
RDDSDR Read 0Fh 0F00h 00h D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command indicates the current status of the display as described in the table below:
Bit Description Value
D7 Register Loading Detection
D6 Functionality Detection
See section 5.13
D5 Chip Attachment Detection
Description D4 Display Glass Break Detection
D3 Not Defined Set to “0” (not used)
D2 Not Defined Set to “0” (not used)
D1 Not Defined Set to “0” (not used)
“0”: Checksums are the same
D0 Checksums Comparison
“1”: Checksums are not the same
Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Default Power On Sequence 00h
S/W Reset 00h
H/W Reset 00h

Legend
RDDSDR(0Fh)
Host Command
Driver
Parameter
Send 1st Parameter

Flow Chart Display

Action

Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 119 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

SLPIN: Sleep In (1000h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
SLPIN Write 10h 1000h No Argument (0000h in MDDI I/F)
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command causes the TFT LCD module to enter the minimum power consumption mode.
In this mode the DC/DC converter is stopped, Internal display oscillator is stopped, and panel scanning is
stopped.
Source / Gate Output Blank Display STOP

Memory Scan Operation STOP

Internal Oscillator STOP


Description
DC / DC Converter OFF

Control Interface as will as memory and registers are still working and the memory keeps (RAMKP=”1”)
or loses (RAMKP=”0”) its contents.
User can send PCLK, HS and VS information on RGB I/F for blank display after Sleep In command and
this information is valid during 2 frames after Sleep In command if there is used Normal Mode On in
Sleep Out-mode.
Dimming function does not work when there is changing mode from Sleep Out to Sleep In.
There is used an internal oscillator for blank display.
This command has no effect when module is already in sleep in mode. Sleep In Mode can only be exit by
the Sleep Out Command (11h).
It will be necessary to wait 5msec before sending next command, this is to allow time for the supply
Restriction
voltages and clock circuits to stabilize.
It will be necessary to wait 120msec after sending Sleep Out command (when in Sleep In Mode) before
Sleep In command can be sent.

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Power On Sequence Sleep In Mode
Default
S/W Reset Sleep In Mode
H/W Reset Sleep In Mode

11/8/2010 120 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

It takes about 120 msec to get into Sleep In mode (booster off state) after SLPIN command
issued.
The results of booster off can be check by RDDST (0Ah) command D7.

Legend
SPLIN(10h)
Stop
DC/DC Converter Command
Display whole
blank screen Parameter
Flow Chart (Automatic No Effect to Stop
DISP On/OFF Internal Oscillator Display
Command)
Action
Sleep In Mode
All control signals
for glass = PVDD Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 121 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

SLPOUT: Sleep Out (1100h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
SLPOUT Write 11h 1100h No Argument (0000h in MDDI I/F)
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command turns off sleep mode.
In this mode the DC/DC converter is enabled, Internal display oscillator is started, and panel scanning is
started.
Source / Gate Output STOP Blank
CDP or Frame
Memory Contents

(If DISPON 29h is set)

Memory Scan Operation STOP

Description START
Internal Oscillator STOP

ON
DC / DC Converter
User can start to send PCLK, HS and VS information on RGB I/F before Sleep Out command and this
information is valid at least 2 frames before Sleep Out command, if there is left Sleep In-mode to Sleep
Out-mode in Normal Mode On.
There is used an internal oscillator for blank display.
NT35510 will do sequence control about gate control signals when sleep out.
Sleep Out Mode can only be exit by the Sleep In Command (10h), S/W reset command (01h) or H/W
reset.
It will be necessary to wait 5msec before sending next command, this is to allow time for the supply
voltages and clock circuits to stabilize.
NT35510 loads all default values of extended and test command to the registers during this 5msec and
Restriction
there cannot be any abnormal visual effect on the display image if those default and register values are
same when this load is done and when the NT35510 is already Sleep Out –mode.
NT35510 is doing self-diagnostic functions during this 5msec. See also section 5.13.
It will be necessary to wait 120msec after sending Sleep In command (when in Sleep Out mode) before
Sleep Out command can be sent.

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Power On Sequence Sleep In Mode
Default
S/W Reset Sleep In Mode
H/W Reset Sleep In Mode

11/8/2010 122 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

It takes about 120 msec to get into Sleep In mode (booster off state) after SLPIN command
issued.
The results of booster off can be check by RDDST (0Ah) command D7.

Display whole blank Legend


SPLOUT(11h)
screen for 2 frames
(Automatic No Effect
to DISP On/OFF Command
Start up
Internal Oscillator Command)
Parameter
Flow Chart

Start up Display CDP or Display


DC/DC Converter Frame Memory contents
in Accordance with the Action
current command
All control signals table setting Mode
for glass are normal
Sequential
transfer
Sleep In Mode

11/8/2010 123 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

PTLON: Partial Display Mode On (1200h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
PTLON Write 12h 1200h No Argument (0000h in MDDI I/F)
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command turns on Partial mode. The partial mode window is described by the Partial Area
command (30H)
Description
To leave Partial mode, the Normal Display Mode On command (13H) should be written.
There is no abnormal visual effect during mode change between Normal mode On to Partial mode On.
Restriction This command has no effect when Partial Display mode is active.

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Power On Sequence Normal Mode On
Default
S/W Reset Normal Mode On
H/W Reset Normal Mode On

Flow Chart See Partial Area (30h)

11/8/2010 124 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

NORON: Normal Display Mode On (1300h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
NORON Write 13h 1300h No Argument (0000h in MDDI I/F)
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command returns the display to normal mode.
Normal display mode on means Partial mode off.
Description
Exit from NORON by the Partial mode On command (12h)
There is no abnormal visual effect during mode change from Partial mode On to Normal mode On.
Restriction This command has no effect when Normal Display mode is active.

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Power On Sequence Normal Mode On
Default
S/W Reset Normal Mode On
H/W Reset Normal Mode On

Flow Chart See Partial Area Definition Descriptions for details of when to use this command

11/8/2010 125 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

INVOFF: Display Inversion Off (2000h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
INVOFF Write 20h 2000h No Argument (0000h in MDDI I/F)
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command is used to recover from display inversion mode.
This command makes no change of contents of frame memory.
This command does not change any other status.
(Example)
Memory Display
Description

Restriction This command has no effect when module is already in Inversion Off mode.

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Default Power On Sequence Display Inversion off
S/W Reset Display Inversion off
H/W Reset Display Inversion off

Legend
Display Inversion
On Mode
Command

Parameter

INVOFF(20h)
Flow Chart Display

Action
Display Inversion
Mode
Off Mode
Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 126 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

INVON: Display Inversion On (2100h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
INVON Write 21h 2100h No Argument (0000h in MDDI I/F)
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command is used to enter display inversion mode.
This command makes no change of contents of frame memory.
This command does not change any other status.
To exit from Display Inversion On, the Display Inversion Off command (20h) should be written.
(Example) Memory Display
Description

Restriction This command has no effect when module is already in Inversion On mode.

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Default Power On Sequence Display Inversion off
S/W Reset Display Inversion off
H/W Reset Display Inversion off

Legend
Display Inversion
Off Mode
Command

Parameter

INVON(21h)
Flow Chart Display

Action
Display Inversion
Mode
On Mode
Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 127 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

ALLPOFF: All Pixel Off (2200h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
ALLPOFF Write 22h 2200h No Argument (0000h in MDDI I/F)
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command turns the display panel black in Sleep Out mode and a status of the Display On/Off
register can be on or off.
This command makes no change of contents of frame memory.
This command does not change any other status.
Memory Display

Description

(Example)
“All Pixels On”, “Normal Display Mode On” or “Partial Mode On” commands are used to leave this mode.
The display panel is showing the content of the frame memory after “Normal Display On” and “Partial
Mode On” commands.
Restriction This command has no effect when module is already in All Pixel Off mode.

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Default Power On Sequence All pixel off
S/W Reset All pixel off
H/W Reset All pixel off

11/8/2010 128 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

Legend
Normal Display
Mode On
Command

Parameter

ALLPOFF(22h)
Flow Chart Display

Action

Black Display Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 129 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

ALLPON: All Pixel On (2300h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
ALLPON Write 23h 2300h No Argument (0000h in MDDI I/F)
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command turns the display panel white in Sleep Out mode and a status of the Display On/Off
register can be on or off.
This command makes no change of contents of frame memory.
This command does not change any other status.
(Example)
Memory Display

Description

“All Pixels Off”, “Normal Display Mode On” or “Partial Mode On” commands are used to leave this mode.
The display panel is showing the content of the frame memory after “Normal Display On” and “Partial
Mode On” commands.
Restriction This command has no effect when module is already in all Pixel On mode.

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Default Power On Sequence All pixel off
S/W Reset All pixel off
H/W Reset All pixel off

11/8/2010 130 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

Legend
Normal Display
Mode On
Command

Parameter

ALLPON(23h)
Flow Chart Display

Action

White Display Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 131 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

GAMSET: Gamma Set (2600h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
GAMSET Write 26h 2600h 00h GC7 GC6 GC5 GC4 GC3 GC2 GC1 GC0
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command is used to select the desired Gamma curve for the current display. A maximum of 4
curves can be selected. The curve is selected by setting the appropriate bit in the parameter as
described in the Table.
GC[7:0] Parameter Curve Selected
Description 01h GC0 Gamma Curve 1 (G=2.2)
02h GC1 Reserved
04h GC2 Reserved
08h GC3 Reserved
Note: All other values are undefined.
Values of GC [7:0] not shown in table above are invalid and will not change the current selected gamma
Restriction
curve until valid is received.

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Default Power On Sequence 01h
S/W Reset 01h
H/W Reset 01h

Legend

GAMSET(26h)
Command

Parameter
GC[7:0]
Flow Chart Display

Action
New Gamma Mode
Curve Loaded
Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 132 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

DISPOFF: Display Off (2800h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
DISPOFF Write 28h 2800h No Argument (0000h in MDDI I/F)
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command is used to enter into DISPLAY OFF mode. In this mode, the output from Frame Memory is
disables and blank page inserted.
This command makes no change of contents of frame memory. This command does not change any
other status. There will be no abnormal visible effect on the display.
(Example) Memory Display
Description

Restriction This command has no effect when module is already in Display Off mode.

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Default Power On Sequence Display off
S/W Reset Display off
H/W Reset Display off

Legend

Display On Mode
Command

Parameter

DISPOFF(28h)
Flow Chart Display

Action

Display Off Mode Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 133 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

DISPON: Display On (2900h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
DISPON Write 29h 2900h No Argument (0000h in MDDI I/F)
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command is used to recover from DISPLAY OFF mode. Output from Frame Memory is enabled.
This command makes no change of contents of frame memory.
This command does not change any other status.
(Example) Memory Display
Description

Restriction This command has no effect when module is already in Display On mode.

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Default Power On Sequence Display off
S/W Reset Display off
H/W Reset Display off

Legend

Display Off Mode


Command

Parameter

DISPON(29h)
Flow Chart Display

Action

Display On Mode Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 134 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

CASET: Column Address Set (2A00h~2A03h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
2A00h 00h XS15 XS14 XS13 XS12 XS11 XS10 XS9 XS8
2A01h 00h XS7 XS6 XS5 XS4 XS3 XS2 XS1 XS0
CASET Write 2Ah
2A02h 00h XE15 XE14 XE13 XE12 XE11 XE10 XE9 XE8
2A03h 00h XE7 XE6 XE5 XE4 XE3 XE2 XE1 XE0
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command is used to define area of frame memory where MPU can access.
This command makes no change on the other driver status.
Each value represents one column line in the Frame Memory.
(Example) XS[15:0] XE[15:0]

Description

XS[15:0] always must be equal to or less than XE[15:0]


When XS[15:0] or XE[15:0] is greater than maximum address like below, data of out of range will be
ignored.
For CGM[7:0] = “70h” (480 x 864 resolution)
MV = “0”: Parameter range 0 ≦
XS[15:0] XE[15:0] ≦
479 (01DFh) ≦
MV = “1”: Parameter range 0 ≦
XS[15:0] XE[15:0] ≦
863 (035Fh) ≦
For CGM[7:0] = “6Bh” (480 x 854 resolution)
MV = “0”: Parameter range 0 ≦
XS[15:0] XE[15:0] ≦
479 (01DFh) ≦
Restriction
MV = “1”: Parameter range 0 ≦
XS[15:0] XE[15:0] ≦
853 (0355h) ≦
For CGM[7:0] = “50h” (480 x 800 resolution)
MV = “0”: Parameter range 0 ≦
XS[15:0] XE[15:0] ≦
479 (01DFh) ≦
MV = “1”: Parameter range 0 ≦
XS[15:0] XE[15:0] ≦
799 (031Fh) ≦
For CGM[7:0] = “28h” (480 x 720 resolution)
MV = “0”: Parameter range 0 ≦
XS[15:0] XE[15:0] ≦
479 (01DFh) ≦
MV = “1”: Parameter range 0 ≦
XS[15:0] XE[15:0] ≦
719 (02CFh) ≦
For CGM[7:0] = “00h” (480 x 640 resolution)
MV = “0”: Parameter range 0 ≦
XS[15:0] XE[15:0] ≦
479 (01DFh) ≦
MV = “1”: Parameter range 0 ≦
XS[15:0] XE[15:0] ≦
639 (027Fh) ≦
Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

11/8/2010 135 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

For CGM[7:0] = “70h”, “6Bh”, “50h”, “28h”, “00h” , “FEh” (480x864/854/800/720/640 resolution)
Default Value
Status
XS[15:0] XE[15:0]
Default Power On Sequence 0000h 01DFh (479d)
S/W Reset 0000h 01DFh (479d)
H/W Reset 0000h 01DFh (479d)

Legend
CASET(2Ah)

1st & 2nd Parameter XS[15:0] Command


3rd & 4th Parameter XE[15:0]
Parameter

RASET(2Bh) Display

Action
1st & 2nd Parameter YS[15:0]
Flow Chart 3rd & 4th Parameter YE[15:0] Mode
If
Needed Sequential
RAMWR(2Ch) transfer

Image Data
D1[23:0], D2[23:0],
..., Dn[23:0]

Any Command

11/8/2010 136 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RASET: Row Address Set (2B00h~2B03h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
2B00h 00h YS15 YS14 YS13 YS12 YS11 YS10 YS9 YS8
2B01h 00h YS7 YS6 YS5 YS4 YS3 YS2 YS1 YS0
RASET Write 2Bh
2B02h 00h YE15 YE14 YE13 YE12 YE11 YE10 YE9 YE8
2B03h 00h YE7 YE6 YE5 YE4 YE3 YE2 YE1 YE0
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command is used to define area of frame memory where MPU can access.
This command makes no change on the other driver status.
Each value represents one column line in the Frame Memory.
(Example)
YS[15:0]
Description

YE[15:0]

YS[15:0] always must be equal to or less than YE[15:0]


When YS[15:0] or YE[15:0] is greater than maximum address like below, data of out of range will be
ignored.
For CGM[7:0] = “70h” (480 x 864 resolution)
MV = “0”: Parameter range 0 ≦
XS[15:0] XE[15:0] ≦
863 (035Fh) ≦
MV = “1”: Parameter range 0 ≦
XS[15:0] XE[15:0] ≦
479 (01DFh) ≦
For CGM[7:0] = “6Bh” (480 x 854 resolution)
MV = “0”: Parameter range 0 ≦
XS[15:0] XE[15:0] ≦
853 (0355h) ≦
Restriction
MV = “1”: Parameter range 0 ≦
XS[15:0] XE[15:0] ≦
479 (01DFh) ≦
For CGM[7:0] = “50h” (480 x 800 resolution)
MV = “0”: Parameter range 0 ≦
XS[15:0] XE[15:0] ≦
799 (031Fh) ≦
MV = “1”: Parameter range 0 ≦
XS[15:0] XE[15:0] ≦
479 (01DFh) ≦
For CGM[7:0] = “28h” (480 x 720 resolution)
MV = “0”: Parameter range 0 ≦
XS[15:0] XE[15:0] ≦
719 (02CFh) ≦
MV = “1”: Parameter range 0 ≦
XS[15:0] XE[15:0] ≦
479 (01DFh) ≦
For CGM[7:0] = “00h” (480 x 640 resolution)
MV = “0”: Parameter range 0 ≦
XS[15:0] XE[15:0] ≦
639 (027Fh) ≦
MV = “1”: Parameter range 0 ≦
XS[15:0] XE[15:0] ≦
479 (01DFh) ≦
Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

11/8/2010 137 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

For CGM[7:0] = “70h”, “6Bh”, “50h”, “28h”, “00h” , “FEh” (480x864/854/800/720/640 resolution)
Default Value
Status
YS[15:0] YE[15:0]
Power On Sequence 0000h 035Fh (863d)
035Fh (863d) if CGM[7:0]=”70h”
0355h (853d) if CGM[7:0]=”6Bh”
Default 031Fh (799d) if CGM[7:0]=”50h”
S/W Reset 0000h
02CFh (719d) if CGM[7:0]=”28h”
027Fh (639d) if CGM[7:0]=”00h”
0167h (359d) if CGM[7:0]=”FEh”
H/W Reset 0000h 035Fh (863d)

Legend
CASET(2Bh)
If
Needed
1st & 2nd Parameter XS[15:0] Command
3rd & 4th Parameter XE[15:0]
Parameter

RASET(2Bh) Display

Action
1st & 2nd Parameter YS[15:0]
Flow Chart 3rd & 4th Parameter YE[15:0] Mode

Sequential
RAMWR(2Ch) transfer

If
Image Data Needed
D1[23:0], D2[23:0],
..., Dn[23:0]

Any Command

11/8/2010 138 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RAMWR: Memory Write (2C00h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
D[15:8] D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
RAMWR Write 2Ch 2C00h D[15:8] : : : : : : : :
D[15:8] D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command is used to transfer data from MPU interface to frame memory.
This command makes no change to the other driver status.
When this command is accepted, the column register and the row register are reset to the Start
Description Column/Start Row positions.
The Start Column/Start Row positions are different in accordance with MADCTL setting
Then D[23:0] is stored in frame memory and the column register and the row register incremented.
Sending any other command can stop Frame Write.
Restriction There is no restriction on length of parameters. No access in the frame memory in Sleep In mode

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Power On Sequence Contents of memory is set randomly
Default
S/W Reset Contents of memory is set randomly
H/W Reset Contents of memory is set randomly

Legend

RAMWR(2Ch)
Command

Image Data Parameter


D1[23:0], D2[23:0],
..., Dn[23:0] Display
Flow Chart

Action
Any Command
Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 139 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RAMRD: Memory Read (2E00h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
D[15:8] D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
RAMRD Read 2Eh 2E00h D[15:8] : : : : : : : :
D[15:8] D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command is used to transfer data from frame memory to MPU interface.
This command makes no change to the other driver status.
When this command is accepted, the column register and the row register are reset to the Start
Column/Start Row positions.
Description
The Start Column/Start Row positions are different in accordance with MADCTR setting.
Then D[23:0] is read back from the frame memory and the column register and the row register
incremented
Frame Read can be canceled by sending any other command.
Restriction There is no restriction on length of parameters. No access in the frame memory in Sleep In mode

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Power On Sequence Contents of memory is set randomly
Default
S/W Reset Contents of memory is set randomly
H/W Reset Contents of memory is set randomly

Legend

RAMRD(2Eh)
Command

Image Data Parameter


D1[23:0], D2[23:0],
..., Dn[23:0] Display
Flow Chart

Action
Any Command
Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 140 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

PTLAR: Partial Area (3000h~3003h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
3000h 00h PSL15 PSL14 PSL13 PSL12 PSL11 PSL10 PSL9 PSL8
3001h 00h PSL7 PSL6 PSL5 PSL4 PSL3 PSL2 PSL1 PSL0
PTLAR Write 30h
3002h 00h PEL15 PEL14 PEL13 PEL12 PEL11 PEL10 PEL9 PEL8
3003h 00h PEL7 PEL6 PEL5 PEL4 PEL3 PEL2 PEL1 PEL0
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command defines the partial mode’s display area. There are 4 parameters associated with this
command, the first defines the Start Row (PSL) and the second the End Row (PEL), as illustrated in the
figures below. PSL and PEL refer to the Frame Memory row address counter.
If End Row > Start Row when MADCTL ML=0:
Start Row Non-display Area
PSL[15:0]

Partial Display Area

PEL[15:0]
End Row Non-display Area

If End Row > Start Row when MADCTL ML=1:


End Row Non-display Area
PEL[15:0]

Description
Partial Display Area

PSL[15:0]
Start Row Non-display Area

If End Row < Start Row when MADCTL ML=0:


End Row
PEL[15:0]

Non-display Area Partial Display Area

PSL[15:0]
Start Row

If End Row = Start Row then the Partial Area will be one row deep.

11/8/2010 141 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

PSL[15:0] and PEL[15:0] should have below range


CGM[7:0] = ”70h” (480 x 864): 0 ≦
PSL[15:0], PEL[15:0] ≦ 863 (035Fh), |PEL–PSL| ≦ 863 (035Fh)
CGM[7:0] = ”6Bh” (480 x 854): 0 ≦
PSL[15:0], PEL[15:0] ≦ 853 (0355h), |PEL–PSL| ≦ 853 (0355h)
Restriction
CGM[7:0] = ”50h” (480 x 800): 0 ≦
PSL[15:0], PEL[15:0] ≦ 799 (031Fh), |PEL–PSL| ≦ 799 (031Fh)
CGM[7:0] = ”28h” (480 x 720): 0 ≦
PSL[15:0], PEL[15:0] ≦ 719 (02CFh), |PEL–PSL| ≦ 719 (02CFh)
CGM[7:0] = ”00h” (480 x 640): 0 ≦
PSL[15:0], PEL[15:0] ≦ 639 (027Fh), |PEL–PSL| ≦ 639 (027Fh)
Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Default Value
Status
PSL[15:0] PEL[15:0]
035Fh (863d) if CGM[7:0] = “70h”
0355h (853d) if CGM[7:0] = “6Bh”
031Fh (799d) if CGM[7:0] = “50h”
Power On Sequence 0000h
02CFh (719d) if CGM[7:0] = “28h”
027Fh (639d) if CGM[7:0] = “00h”
0167h (359d) if CGM[7:0] = “FEh”
035Fh (863d) if CGM[7:0] = “70h”
0355h (853d) if CGM[7:0] = “6Bh”
Default
031Fh (799d) if CGM[7:0] = “50h”
S/W Reset 0000h
02CFh (719d) if CGM[7:0] = “28h”
027Fh (639d) if CGM[7:0] = “00h”
0167h (359d) if CGM[7:0] = “FEh”
035Fh (863d) if CGM[7:0] = “70h”
0355h (853d) if CGM[7:0] = “6Bh”
031Fh (799d) if CGM[7:0] = “50h”
H/W Reset 0000h
02CFh (719d) if CGM[7:0] = “28h”
027Fh (639d) if CGM[7:0] = “00h”
0167h (359d) if CGM[7:0] = “FEh”

11/8/2010 142 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

1. To Enter Partial Mode 2. To Exit Partial Mode

Legend
PTLAR(30h) Partial Mode
Command
1st & 2nd Parameter PSL[15:0]
DISPOFF(28h) Parameter
3rd & 4th Parameter PEL[15:0]

Display
NORON(13h)
PTLON(12h)
Action
Flow Chart Partial Mode Off
Partial Mode Mode

Sequential
RAMWR(2Ch) transfer

Image Data
D1[23:0], D2[23:0],
..., Dn[23:0]

DISPON(29h)

11/8/2010 143 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

TEOFF: Tearing Effect Line OFF (3400h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
TEOFF Write 34h 3400h No Argument (0000h in MDDI I/F)
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
Description This command is used to turn OFF (Active Low) the Tearing Effect output signal from the TE signal line.
Restriction This command has no effect when Tearing Effect output is already OFF.

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Power On Sequence Tearing Effect off
Default
S/W Reset Tearing Effect off
H/W Reset Tearing Effect off

Legend

TE Line Output ON
Command

Parameter

TEOFF(34h)
Flow Chart Display

Action

TE Line Output OFF Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 144 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

TEON: Tearing Effect Line ON (3500h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
TEON Write 35h 3500h 00h - - - - - - - M
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command is used to turn ON the Tearing Effect output signal from the TE signal line. This output is
not affected by changing MADCTL bit ML.
The Tearing Effect Line On has one parameter, which describes the mode of the Tearing Effect Output
Line. (“-“ = Don’t Care).
When M = “0”: The Tearing Effect Output line consists of V-Blanking information only.
tvdl tvdh
Description Vertival Time
Scale

When M = “1”: The Tearing Effect Output line consists of both V-Blanking and H-Blinking information.
t vdl tvdh
Vertival Time
Scale

Note: During Sleep In Mode with Tearing Effect Line On, Tearing Effect Output pin will be active Lofw.
Restriction This command has no effect when Tearing Effect output is already ON.

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Default Power On Sequence Tearing Effect off
S/W Reset Tearing Effect off
H/W Reset Tearing Effect off

Legend

TE Line Output OFF


Command

Parameter
TEON(35h)

Flow Chart Display


TE Mode
Action
Parameter (M)
Mode

Sequential
TE Line Output ON
transfer

11/8/2010 145 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

MADCTL: Memory Data Access Control (3600h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
MADCTL Write 36h 3600h 00h MY MX MV ML RGB MH RSMX RSMY
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command defines read/write scanning direction of frame memory.
This command makes no change on the other driver status.
Bit NAME DESCRIPTION
MY Row Address Order
These 3 bits controls interface to memory write/read direction.
MX Column Address Order
The behavior on display after pattern changed.
MV Row/Column Exchange
TFT LCD Vertical refresh direction control.
ML Vertical Refresh Order
Immediately behavior on display.
Color selector switch control
RGB RGB-BGR Order “0” = RGB color sequence, “1” = BGR color sequence
Immediately behavior on display
Horizontal Refresh TFT LCD Horizontal refresh direction control
MH
Order Immediately behavior on display.
Flips the display image left to right.
RSMX Flip Horizontal
Immediately behavior on display.
Flips the display image top to down.
RSMY Flip Vertical
Immediately behavior on display.
Description
ML: Vertical Refresh Order
Top-Left (0,0) Memory Top-Left (0,0) Display
Send 1st
ML="0" Send 2nd
Send 3rd

Send Last

Top-Left (0,0) Memory Top-Left (0,0) Display


Send Last
ML="1"

Send 3rd
Send 2nd
Send 1st

11/8/2010 146 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

MH: Horizontal Refresh Order


Top-Left (0,0) Display Top-Left (0,0) Display

MH="0" MH="1"

Send Last

Send Last
Send 2nd

Send 2nd
Send 3rd

Send 3rd
Send 1st

Send 1st
Description

Top-Left (0,0) Memory Top-Left (0,0) Memory

Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Default Power On Sequence 00h
S/W Reset 00h
H/W Reset 00h

11/8/2010 147 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

Legend

MADCTL(36h)
Command

Parameter
Parameter
(MY, MX, MV, ML, MH)
Flow Chart Display

Action

Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 148 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

IDMOFF: Idle Mode Off (3800h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
IDMOFF Write 38h 3800h No Argument (0000h in MDDI I/F)
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command is used to recover from Idle mode on
Description
In the idle off mode, display panel can display maximum 16.7M colors.
Restriction This command has no effect when module is already in Idle Off mode.

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Power On Sequence Idle Mode off
Default
S/W Reset Idle Mode off
H/W Reset Idle Mode off

Legend

Idle On Mode
Command

Parameter

IDMOFF(38h)
Flow Chart Display

Action

Idle Off Mode Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 149 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

IDMON: Idle Mode On (3900h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
IDMON Write 39h 3900h No Argument (0000h in MDDI I/F)
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command is used to enter into Idle mode on.
In the idle on mode, color expression is reduced. The primary and the secondary colors using MSB of
each R, G, and B in Frame Memory, 8 color depth data is displayed.

Memory Display

Description

Memory Contents vs. Display Colors


R7R6R5R4R3R2R1R0 R7G6G5G4G3G2G1G0 B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 B0
Black 0XXXXXXX 0XXXXXXX 0XXXXXXX
Blue 0XXXXXXX 0XXXXXXX 1XXXXXXX
Red 1XXXXXXX 0XXXXXXX 0XXXXXXX
Magenta 1XXXXXXX 0XXXXXXX 1XXXXXXX
Green 0XXXXXXX 1XXXXXXX 0XXXXXXX
Cyan 0XXXXXXX 1XXXXXXX 1XXXXXXX
Yellow 1XXXXXXX 1XXXXXXX 0XXXXXXX
White 1XXXXXXX 1XXXXXXX 1XXXXXXX
Restriction This command has no effect when module is already in Idle On mode

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Power On Sequence Idle Mode off
Default
S/W Reset Idle Mode off
H/W Reset Idle Mode off

11/8/2010 150 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

Legend

Idle Off Mode


Command

Parameter

IDMON(39h)
Flow Chart Display

Action

Idle On Mode Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 151 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

COLMOD: Interface Pixel Format (3A00h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
COLMOD Write 3Ah 3A00h 00h VIPF3 VIPF2 VIPF1 VIPF0 IFPF3 IFPF2 IFPF1 IFPF0
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command is used to define the format of RGB picture data, which is to be transferred via the RGB
interface. The formats are shown in the table:
Bit NAME DESCRIPTION
VIPF3 “0101” = 16-bit/pixel
VIPF2 “0110” = 18-bit/pixel
Pixel Format for RGB Interface
Description VIPF1 “0111” = 24-bit/pixel
VIPF0 The others = not defined
IFPF3 “0101” = 16-bit/pixel
IFPF2 “0110” = 18-bit/pixel
Pixel Format for Control Interface
IFPF1 “0111” = 24-bit/pixel
IFPF0 The others = not defined

Restriction There is no visible effect until the Frame Memory is written to.

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Default Power On Sequence 77h
S/W Reset 77h
H/W Reset 77h

Legend

24-bit/pixel Mode
Command

Parameter
COLMOD(3Ah)
Flow Chart Display
Parameter Action
IFPF[3:0] = "0110"
Mode

18-bit/pixel Mode Sequential


transfer

11/8/2010 152 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RAMWRC: Memory Write Continue (3C00h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
D[15:8] D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
RAMWRC Write 3Ch 3C00h D[15:8] : : : : : : : :
D[15:8] D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command is used to transfer data from MPU interface to frame memory, if there is wanted to
continue memory write after “RAMWR Memory Write (2Ch)” command.
This command makes no change to the other driver status.
When this command is accepted, the column register and the row register are not reset to the Start
Description
Column/Start Row positions.
The Start Column/Start Row positions are different in accordance with MADCTL setting
Then D[23:0] is stored in frame memory and the column register and the row register incremented.
Sending any other command can stop Frame Write.
Restriction There is no restriction on length of parameters. No access in the frame memory in Sleep In mode

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Power On Sequence Contents of memory is set randomly
Default
S/W Reset Contents of memory is set randomly
H/W Reset Contents of memory is set randomly

Legend

RAMWRC(3Ch)
Command

Image Data Parameter


D1[23:0], D2[23:0],
..., Dn[23:0] Display
Flow Chart
Action
Any Command
Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 153 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RAMRDC: Memory Read Continue (3E00h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
D[15:8] D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
RAMRDC Read 3Eh 3E00h D[15:8] : : : : : : : :
D[15:8] D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command is used to transfer data from frame memory to MPU interface, if there is wanted to
continue memory write after “RAMRD Memory Read (2Eh)” command.
This command makes no change to the other driver status.
When this command is accepted, the column register and the row register are not reset to the Start
Description Column/Start Row positions.
The Start Column/Start Row positions are different in accordance with MADCTR setting.
Then D[23:0] is read back from the frame memory and the column register and the row register
incremented
Frame Read can be canceled by sending any other command.
Restriction There is no restriction on length of parameters. No access in the frame memory in Sleep In mode

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Power On Sequence Contents of memory is set randomly
Default
S/W Reset Contents of memory is set randomly
H/W Reset Contents of memory is set randomly

Legend

RAMRDC(3Eh)
Command

Image Data Parameter


D1[23:0], D2[23:0],
..., Dn[23:0] Display
Flow Chart

Action
Any Command
Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 154 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

STESL: Set Tearing Effect Scan Line (4400h~4401h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
4400h 00h N15 N14 N13 N12 N11 N10 N9 N8
STESL Write 44h
4401h 00h N7 N6 N5 N4 N3 N2 N1 N0
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command turns on the display module’s Tearing Effect output signal on the TE signal line when the
display module reaches line N. The TE signal is not affected by changing MADCTL bit ML.
The Tearing Effect Line On has one parameter, which describes the mode of the Tearing Effect Output
Line mode. The Tearing Effect Output line consists of V-Blanking information only.
tvdl tvdh
Vertival Time
Description Scale

Note that STESL with N[15:0]=”000h” is equivalent to TEON with M=”0”


The Tearing Effect Output line shall be active low when the display module is in Sleep in mode.
This command takes affect on the frame following the current frame. Therefore, if the TE output is
already on, the TE output shall continue to operate as programmed by the previous “TEON (35h)” or
“STESL (44h) command” until the end of the frame.
When N[15:0] is greater than maximum scanning line like below, data of out of range will be ignored.
For CGM[7:0] = “70h” (480 x 864 resolution)
Parameter range 0 ≦
N[15:0] ≦
864 (0360h)
For CGM[7:0] = “6Bh” (480 x 854 resolution)
Parameter range 0 ≦
N[15:0] ≦
854 (0356h)
Restriction For CGM[7:0] = “50h” (480 x 800 resolution)
Parameter range 0 ≦
N[15:0] ≦
800 (0320h)
For CGM[7:0] = “28h” (480 x 720 resolution)
Parameter range 0 ≦
N[15:0] ≦
720 (02D0h)
For CGM[7:0] = “00h” (480 x 640 resolution)
Parameter range 0 ≦
N[15:0] ≦
640 (0280h)

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Default Power On Sequence 0000h
S/W Reset 0000h
H/W Reset 0000h

11/8/2010 155 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

TE Output On or Off Legend

Command
STESL(44h)
Parameter

Flow Chart 1st Parameter: N[15:8] Display


2nd Parameter: N[7:0]
Action

Mode
TE Output On
Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 156 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

GSL: Get Scan Line (4500h~4501h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
4500h 00h N15 N14 N13 N12 N11 N10 N9 N8
GSL Read 45h
4501h 00h N7 N6 N5 N4 N3 N2 N1 N0
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command returns the current scan line, N, used to update the display module. The total number of
scan lines on display is defined as VSYNC + VBP + VADR + VFP. The first scan line is defined as the
Description
first line of V Sync and is denoted as Line 0.
When in Sleep in mode, the returned value is undefined.
Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Default Power On Sequence XXXXh
S/W Reset XXXXh
H/W Reset XXXXh

Legend

GSL(45h)
Host Command
Driver
Parameter
Send Parameter
N[15:8]
Flow Chart Display

Action
Send Parameter
N[7:0] Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 157 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

DPCKRGB: Display Clock in RGB Interface (4A00h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
DPCKRGB Write X 4A00h 00h 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ICM
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command is used to select SRAM data input path and display clock in RGB interface.
Data Write to SRAM SRAM Data Read to Display
ICM
Description SRAM Write Clock SRAM Data Input Path Internal Display Clock
0 PCLK D[23:0] VS, HS and PCLK
1 SCL SDI Internal Oscillator

Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Power On Sequence ICM = “0”
Default
S/W Reset ICM = “0”
H/W Reset ICM = “0”

Legend
Display Clock by
Display Clock by PCLK
Internal Oscillator
Command

Parameter
DPCKRGB (4Ah) DPCKRGB (4Ah)

Flow Chart Display


Parameter ICM = 1 Parameter ICM = 0
Action

Mode
Display Clock by
Display Clock by PCLK Sequential
Internal Oscillator
transfer

11/8/2010 158 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

DSTBON: Deep Standby Mode On (4F00h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
DSTBON Write X 4F00h 00h 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DSTB
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command is used to enter deep standby mode.
DSTB=”1”, enter deep standby mode.
Notes:
Description 1. Before setting this command, enter Sleep In Mode (1000h) and Display Off (2800h) first.
User can not write this register in Sleep-Out and Display-On mode.
2. It can not exit Deep Standby Mode while setting bit DSTB from “1” to “0”.
3. To exit Deep Standby Mode, input low pulse more than 3 msec to pin RESX.
Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Power On Sequence DSTB = “0”
Default
S/W Reset DSTB = “0”
H/W Reset DSTB = “0”

Legend
Sleep In and
Display Off Mode
Command

Parameter
DSTBM (4Fh)

Flow Chart Display


Parameter DSTB = 1
Action

Mode
Deep Standby Mode Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 159 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

WRPFD: Write Profile Value for Display (5000h~500Fh)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
5000h 00h V017 V016 V015 V014 V013 V012 V011 V010
5001h 00h V027 V026 V025 V024 V023 V022 V021 V020
5002h 00h V037 V036 V035 V034 V033 V032 V031 V030
WRPFD Write 50h : 00h : : : : : : : :
500Dh 00h V147 V146 V145 V144 V143 V142 V141 V140
500Eh 00h V157 V156 V155 V154 V153 V152 V151 V150
500Fh 00h V167 V166 V165 V164 V163 V162 V161 V160
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
Description This command is used to define profile values for display.
Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Power On Sequence FFh
Default
S/W Reset FFh
H/W Reset FFh

Legend

WRPFD(50h)
Command

Parameter
1st Parameter V01[7:0]
2nd Parameter V02[7:0]
Flow Chart : Display
16th Parameter V16[7:0]
Action

Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 160 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

WRDISBV: Write Display Brightness (5100h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
WRDISBV Write 51h 5100h 00h DBV7 DBV6 DBV5 DBV4 DBV3 DBV2 DBV1 DBV0
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command is used to adjust brightness value.
In principle relationship is that 00h value means the lowest brightness and FFh value means the highest
brightness.
DBV[7:0] Brightness (Ratio) Brightness (%)
00h 0/256 0%
Description
01h 2/256 0.78125%
: : :
FEh 255/256 99.609375%
FFh 256/256 100%

Restriction The display supplier cannot use this command for tuning (e.g. factory tuning, etc.).

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Power On Sequence 00h
Default
S/W Reset 00h
H/W Reset 00h

Legend

WRDISBV(51h)
Command

Parameter DBV[7:0] Parameter

Flow Chart Display

New Brightness Action


Loaded
Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 161 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RDDISBV: Read Display Brightness (5200h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
RDDISBV Read 52h 5200h 00h DBV7 DBV6 DBV5 DBV4 DBV3 DBV2 DBV1 DBV0
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command returns brightness value.
Description In principle relationship is that 00h value means the lowest brightness and FFh value means the highest
brightness.
Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Power On Sequence 00h
Default S/W Reset 00h
H/W Reset 00h

Legend

RDDISBV(52h)
Host Command
Driver
Parameter
Send Parameter
DBV[7:0]
Flow Chart Display

Action

Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 162 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

WRCTRLD: Write CTRL Display (5300h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
WRCTRLD Write 53h 5300h 00h 0 0 BCTRL A DD BL DB G
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command is used to control ambient light, brightness and gamma setting.
BCTRL: Brightness Control Block On/Off
The BCTRL bit is always used to switch brightness for display with dimming effect (according to DD bit).
BCTRL DESCRIPTION LEDPWM Pin
Off, LEDPWPOL=”0”: keep low (0%, high level is duty)
0
DBV[7:0] and KBV[7:0] are 00h. LEDPWPOL=”1”: keep high (0%, low level is duty)
On, LEDPWPOL=”0”: PWM output (high level is duty)
1
DBV[7:0] and KBV[7:0] are active LEDPWPOL=”1”: PWM output (low level is duty)
A: LABC Block On/Off
The BCTRL bit is used to control LABC block.
A DESCRIPTION PWM duty for LEDPWM Pin
0 Off By DBV[7:0] of command “WRDISBV (5100h)”
1 On By LABC block
DD: Display Dimming Control On/Off
DD DESCRIPTION
0 Display dimming is off
1 Display dimming is on
BL: Backlight Control On/Off without Dimming Effect
When BL bit change from “On” to “Off”, display brightness is turned off without gradual dimming, even if
dimming on (DD=”1”) is selected.
BL DESCRIPTION LEDON Pin
Description LEDONPOL=”0”: output low (for high active)
0 Off
LEDONPOL=”1”: output high (for low active)
LEDONPOL=”0”: output high (for high active)
1 On
LEDONPOL=”1”: output low (for low active)
DB: Display Brightness Manual/Automatic
DB DESCRIPTION
Manual, the user has to use this setting for manual adjustment of the brightness to have
0
an effect.
1 Automatic, information about the used brightness is included in the active profile.
Note: All read and write commands are valid, but there is no effect (except registers can be changed)
when write commands are used.
G: Gamma Curve Manual/Automatic
G DESCRIPTION
0 Manual, by GAMSET-command
1 Automatic, information about the used gamma is included in the active profile.
The dimming function is adapted to the brightness registers for display when bit BCTRL is changed at
DD=”1”, e.g. BCTRL: 0→1 or 1→0.
When the ambient light sensing off-mode (A=”0”), display brightness and gamma setting should be
manual setting (DB=”0” and G=”0”). Setting values are the last one written with "Write Display Brightness
(5100h)" command and GAMSET-command or the default one.
When the ambient light control on, light sensor control block is always working, even if backlight off
(BL=“0”) and display brightness manual (DB=”0”) are selected.

11/8/2010 163 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Default Power On Sequence 00h
S/W Reset 00h
H/W Reset 00h

Legend

WRCTRLD(53h)
Command

Parameter: Parameter
BCTRL, A,
DD, BL, DB
Flow Chart Display

Action
New Control
Value Loaded Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 164 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RDCTRLD: Read CTRL Display Value (5400h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
RDCTRLD Read 54h 5400h 00h 0 0 BCTRL A DD BL DB G
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command returns ambient light, brightness control and gamma setting value.
BCTRL: Brightness Control Block On/Off
The BCTRL bit is always used to switch brightness for display with dimming effect (according to DD bit).
BCTRL DESCRIPTION LEDPWM Pin
Off, LEDPWPOL=”0”: PWM keep low (for high active)
0
DBV[7:0] and KBV[7:0] are 00h. LEDPWPOL=”1”: PWM keep high (for low active)
On, LEDPWPOL=”0”: PWM output (high level is duty)
1
DBV[7:0] and KBV[7:0] are active LEDPWPOL=”1”: PWM output (low level is duty)
A: LABC Block On/Off
The BCTRL bit is used to control LABC block.
A DESCRIPTION PWM duty for LEDPWM Pin
0 Off By DBV[7:0] of command “WRDISBV (5100h)”
1 On By LABC block
DD: Display Dimming Control On/Off
DD DESCRIPTION
0 Display dimming is off
1 Display dimming is on
BL: Backlight Control On/Off without Dimming Effect
When BL bit change from “On” to “Off”, display brightness is turned off without gradual dimming, even if
dimming on (DD=”1”) is selected.
BL DESCRIPTION LEDON Pin
Description LEDONPOL=”0”: PWM keep low (for high active)
0 Off
LEDPWPOL=”1”: PWM keep high (for low active)
LEDPWPOL=”0”: PWM output (high level is duty)
1 On
LEDPWPOL=”1”: PWM output (low level is duty)
DB: Display Brightness Manual/Automatic
DB DESCRIPTION
Manual, the user has to use this setting for manual adjustment of the brightness to have
0
an effect.
1 Automatic, information about the used brightness is included in the active profile.
Note: All read and write commands are valid, but there is no effect (except registers can be changed)
when write commands are used.
G: Gamma Curve Manual/Automatic
G DESCRIPTION
0 Manual, by GAMSET-command
1 Automatic, information about the used gamma is included in the active profile.
The dimming function is adapted to the brightness registers for display when bit BCTRL is changed at
DD=”1”, e.g. BCTRL: 0→1 or 1→0.
When the ambient light sensing off-mode (A=”0”), display brightness and gamma setting should be
manual setting (DB=”0” and G=”0”). Setting values are the last one written with "Write Display Brightness
(5100h)" command and GAMSET-command or the default one.
When the ambient light control on, light sensor control block is always working, even if backlight off
(BL=“0”) and display brightness manual (DB=”0”) are selected.

11/8/2010 165 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Power On Sequence 00h
Default
S/W Reset 00h
H/W Reset 00h

Legend

RDCTRLD(54h)
Host Command
Driver
Parameter
Send Parameter
BCTRL, A,
Flow Chart DD, BL, DB Display

Action

Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 166 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

WRCABC: Write Content Adaptive Brightness Control (5500h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
WRCABC Write 55h 5500h 00h 0 0 0 0 0 0 C1 C0
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command is used to set parameters for image content based adaptive brightness control
functionality. There is possible to use 4 different modes for content adaptive image functionality, which
are defined on a table below.
C1 C0 Function
Description
0 0 Off
0 1 User Interface Image (UI-Mode)
1 0 Still Picture Image (Still-Mode)
1 1 Moving Picture Image (Moving-Mode)
Restriction This register is synchronized with V-sync by internal circuit.

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Default Power On Sequence 00h
S/W Reset 00h
H/W Reset 00h

Legend

WRCABC(55h)
Command

Parameter
Parameter: C[1:0]
Flow Chart Display

Action
Pixel Compensation
and Mode
Gating Function
ON/OFF Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 167 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RDCABC: Read Content Adaptive Brightness Control (5600h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
RDCABC Read 56h 5600h 00h 0 0 0 0 0 0 C1 C0
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command is used to read the settings for image content based adaptive brightness control
functionality. There is possible to use 4 different modes for content adaptive image functionality, which
are defined on a table below.
C1 C0 Function
Description
0 0 Off
0 1 User Interface Image (UI-Mode)
1 0 Still Picture Image (Still-Mode)
1 1 Moving Picture Image (Moving-Mode)
Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Power On Sequence 00h
Default
S/W Reset 00h
H/W Reset 00h

Legend

RDCABC(56h)
Host Command
Driver
Parameter
Send Parameter
Flow Chart C[1:0] Display

Action

Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 168 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

WRHYSTE: Write Hysteresis (5700h~573Fh)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
5700h 00h I0115 I0114 I0113 I0112 I0111 I0110 I019 I018
5701h 00h I017 I016 I015 I014 I013 I012 I011 I010
5702h 00h I0215 I0214 I0213 I0212 I0211 I0210 I029 I028
5703h 00h I027 I026 I025 I024 I023 I022 I021 I020
: 00h In15 In14 In13 In12 In11 In10 In9 In8
: 00h In7 In6 In5 In4 In3 In2 In1 In0
571Ch 00h I1515 I1514 I1513 I1512 I1511 I1510 I159 I158
571Dh 00h I157 I156 I155 I154 I153 I152 I151 I150
571Eh 00h I1615 I1614 I1613 I1612 I1611 I1610 I169 I168
571Fh 00h I167 I166 I165 I164 I163 I162 I161 I160
WRHYSTE Write 57h
5720h 00h D0115 D0114 D0113 D0112 D0111 D0110 D019 D018
5721h 00h D017 D016 D015 D014 D013 D012 D011 D010
5722h 00h D0215 D0214 D0213 D0212 D0211 D0210 D029 D028
5723h 00h D027 D026 D025 D024 D023 D022 D021 D020
: 00h Dn15 Dn14 Dn13 Dn12 Dn11 Dn10 Dn9 Dn8
: 00h Dn7 Dn6 Dn5 Dn4 Dn3 Dn2 Dn1 Dn0
573Ch 00h D1515 D1514 D1513 D1512 D1511 D1510 D159 D158
573Dh 00h D157 D156 D155 D154 D153 D152 D151 D010
573Eh 00h D1615 D1614 D1613 D1612 D1611 D1610 D169 D168
573Fh 00h D167 D166 D165 D164 D163 D162 D161 D160
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command is used to define Hysteresis filter function.
In[15:0] defines increment values and Dn[15:0] defines decrement values.
Description Don’t care about the parameter values after "65535 (FFFFh)".
I16[15 : 0] bits and D16[15 : 0] bits are always set to "65535 (FFFFh)" internally, if I15[15 : 0] bits and
D15[15 : 0] bit are still valid and less than "65535 (FFFFh)".
Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Power On Sequence FFh
Default
S/W Reset FFh
H/W Reset FFh

11/8/2010 169 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

Legend

WRHYSTE(57h)
Command

1st Parameter I01[15:8] Parameter


2nd Parameter I01[7:0]
Flow Chart : Display
31th Parameter I16[15:8]
32th Parameter I16[7:0] Action
33th Parameter D01[15:8]
34th Parameter D01[7:0] Mode
:
63th Parameter D16[15:8] Sequential
64th Parameter D16[7:0] transfer

11/8/2010 170 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

WRGAMMSET: Write Gamma Setting (5800h~5807h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
5800h 00h G023 G022 G021 G020 G013 G012 G011 G010
5801h 00h G043 G042 G041 G040 G033 G032 G031 G030
5802h 00h G063 G062 G061 G060 G053 G052 G051 G050
5803h 00h G083 G082 G081 G080 G073 G072 G071 G070
WRGAMMSET Write 58h
5804h 00h G103 G102 G101 G100 G093 G092 G091 G090
5805h 00h G123 G122 G121 G120 G113 G112 G111 G110
5806h 00h G143 G142 G141 G140 G133 G132 G131 G130
5807h 00h G163 G162 G161 G160 G153 G152 G151 G150
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command is used to define gamma setting values for each luminance level.
Gamma value is defined on command “Gamma Set (2600h)”.
Gn[3:0] Parameter Curve Selected

Description 01h GC0 Gamma Curve 1 (G=2.2)


02h GC1 Reserved
04h GC2 Reserved
08h GC3 Reserved

Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Power On Sequence 01h
Default
S/W Reset 01h
H/W Reset 01h

11/8/2010 171 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

Legend

WRGAMSET(58h)
Command

1st Parameter G02/G01[3:0] Parameter


2nd Parameter G04/G03[3:0]
Flow Chart : Display
8th Parameter G16/G15[3:0]
Action

Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 172 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RDFSVM: Read FS Value MSBs (5A00h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
RDFSVM Read 5Ah 5A00h 00h FSV15 FSV14 FSV13 FSV12 FSV11 FSV10 FSV9 FSV8
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command returns MSBs (FSV[15:8]) of the "Front Side Ambient Light Sensor Value" after the flicker
has been removed from ambient light reading.
Another command for LSBs (FSV[7:0]). See the command "Read FS Value LSBs (5B00h)".
When using read LSBs/MSBs command, corresponding MSBs/LSBs should be locked so that they refer
to the same value when LSBs/MSBs are read. After reading both values, registers for MSBs and LSBs
should be released. And that if e.g. LSBs are read and there is no MSBs read command, the next LSBs
Description
read will also update MSBs. If MSBs are read at first, the next MSBs read will update LSBs.
If any other commands are received between LSBs read command and MSBs read command, the
registers for MSBs and LSBs should be released.
FSV[15:8] should be 00h when bit 'A' of the "Write CTRL Display (5300h)" command is "0".
Note: Although FSV[15:0] is 16-bit length register, the valid value range is 0 ~ 65535 (0000h ~ FFFFh), In
other words, user don't care about the parameter values over than "65535 (FFFFh)".
Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Default Power On Sequence 00h
S/W Reset 00h
H/W Reset 00h

Legend

RDFSVM(5Ah)
Host Command
Driver
Parameter
Send Parameter
Flow Chart FSV[15:8] Display

Action

Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 173 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RDFSVL: Read FS Value LSBs (5B00h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
RDFSVL Read 5Bh 5B00h 00h FSV7 FSV6 FSV5 FSV4 FSV3 FSV2 FSV1 FSV0
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command returns LSBs (FSV[7:0]) of the "Front Side Ambient Light Sensor Value" after the flicker
has been removed from ambient light reading.
Another command for MSBs (FSV[15:8]). See the command "Read FS Value MSBs (5A00h)".
When using read LSBs/MSBs command, corresponding MSBs/LSBs should be locked so that they refer
to the same value when LSBs/MSBs are read. After reading both values, registers for MSBs and LSBs
should be released. And that if e.g. LSBs are read and there is no MSBs read command, the next LSBs
Description
read will also update MSBs. If MSBs are read at first, the next MSBs read will update LSBs.
If any other commands are received between LSBs read command and MSBs read command, the
registers for MSBs and LSBs should be released.
FSV[7:0] should be 00h when bit 'A' of the "Write CTRL Display (5300h)" command is "0".
Note: Although FSV[15:0] is 16-bit length register, the valid value range is 0 ~ 65535 (0000h ~ FFFFh), In
other words, user don't care about the parameter values over than "65535 (FFFFh)".
Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Default Power On Sequence 00h
S/W Reset 00h
H/W Reset 00h

Legend

RDFSVL(5Bh)
Host Command
Driver
Parameter
Send Parameter
Flow Chart FSV[7:0] Display

Action

Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 174 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RDMFFSVM: Read Median Filter FS Value MSBs (5C00h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
RDMFFSVM Read 5Ch 5C00h 00h FFSV15 FFSV14 FFSV13 FFSV12 FFSV11 FFSV10 FFSV9 FFSV8
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command returns MSBs (FFSV[15:8]) of the "Front Side Ambient Light Sensor Value" after the
median filter.
Another command for LSBs (FFSV[7:0]). See the command "Read Median Filter FS Value LSBs
(5D00h)".
When using read LSBs/MSBs command, corresponding MSBs/LSBs should be locked so that they refer
to the same value when LSBs/MSBs are read. After reading both values, registers for MSBs and LSBs
Description should be released. And that if e.g. LSBs are read and there is no MSBs read command, the next LSBs
read will also update MSBs. If MSBs are read at first, the next MSBs read will update LSBs.
If any other commands are received between LSBs read command and MSBs read command, the
registers for MSBs and LSBs should be released.
FFSV[15:8] should be 00h when bit 'A' of the "Write CTRL Display (5300h)" command is "0".
Note: Although FFSV[15:0] is 16-bit length register, the valid value range is 0 ~ 65535 (0000h ~ FFFFh),
In other words, user don't care about the parameter values over than "65535 (FFFFh)".
Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Default Power On Sequence 00h
S/W Reset 00h
H/W Reset 00h

Legend

RDMFFSVM(5Ch)
Host Command
Driver
Parameter
Send Parameter
Flow Chart FFSV[15:8] Display

Action

Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 175 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RDMFFSVL: Read Median Filter FS Value LSBs (5D00h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
RDMFFSVL Read 5Dh 5D00h 00h FFSV7 FFSV6 FFSV5 FFSV4 FFSV3 FFSV2 FFSV1 FFSV0
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command returns LSBs (FDSV[7:0]) of the "Front Side Ambient Light Sensor Value" after the
median filter.
Another command for MSBs (FFSV[15:8]). See the command "Read Median Filter FS Value MSBs
(5C00h)".
When using read LSBs/MSBs command, corresponding MSBs/LSBs should be locked so that they refer
to the same value when LSBs/MSBs are read. After reading both values, registers for MSBs and LSBs
Description should be released. And that if e.g. LSBs are read and there is no MSBs read command, the next LSBs
read will also update MSBs. If MSBs are read at first, the next MSBs read will update LSBs.
If any other commands are received between LSBs read command and MSBs read command, the
registers for MSBs and LSBs should be released.
FFSV[7:0] should be 00h when bit 'A' of the "Write CTRL Display (5300h)" command is "0".
Note: Although FSV[15:0] is 16-bit length register, the valid value range is 0 ~ 65535 (0000h ~ FFFFh), In
other words, user don't care about the parameter values over than "65535 (FFFFh)".
Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Default Power On Sequence 00h
S/W Reset 00h
H/W Reset 00h

Legend

RDMFFSVL(5Dh)
Host Command
Driver
Parameter
Send Parameter
Flow Chart FFSV[7:0] Display

Action

Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 176 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

WRCABCMB: Write CABC minimum brightness (5E00h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
WRCABCMB Write 5Eh 5E00h 00h CMB7 CMB6 CMB5 CMB4 CMB3 CMB2 CMB1 CMB0
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command is used to set the minimum brightness value of the display for CABC function
Description In principle relationship is that 00h value means the lowest brightness for CABC and FFh value means
the highest brightness for CABC.
Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Power On Sequence 00h
Default
S/W Reset 00h
H/W Reset 00h

Legend

WRCABCMB(5Eh)
Command

Parameter CMB[7:0] Parameter

Flow Chart Display


New Display
Luminance Value Action
Loaded Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 177 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RDCABCMB: Read CABC minimum brightness (5F00h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
RDCABCMB Read 5Fh 5F00h 00h CMB7 CMB6 CMB5 CMB4 CMB3 CMB2 CMB1 CMB0
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command return the minimum brightness value of CABC function
In principle relationship is that 00h value means the lowest brightness for CABC and FFh value means
Description the highest brightness for CABC.
CMB[7:0] is minimum brightness forCABC specified with “WRCABCMB Write CABC minimum brightness
(5Eh)” command.
Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Power On Sequence 00h
Default
S/W Reset 00h
H/W Reset 00h

Legend

RDCABCMB(5Fh)
Host Command
Driver
Parameter
Send Parameter
CMB[7:0]
Flow Chart Display

Action

Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 178 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

WRLSCC: Write Light Sensor Compensation Coefficient Value (6500h~6501h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
6500h 00h CC15 CC14 CC13 CC12 CC11 CC10 CC9 CC8
WRLSCC Write 65h
6501h 00h CC7 CC6 CC5 CC4 CC3 CC2 CC1 CC0
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command is used to send the compensation coefficient value (CC[15 : 0]).
Description
Default value for compensation coefficient is 1.0 (1000 0000 0000 0000 in binary).
Restriction The display supplier cannot use this command for tuning (e.g. factory tuning, etc.).

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Default Power On Sequence 8000h
S/W Reset 8000h
H/W Reset 8000h

Legend

WRLSCC(65h)
Command

1st Parameter CC[15:8] Parameter

Flow Chart Display


nd
2 Parameter CC[7:0]
Action

Mode
New CC
Sequential
Value Loaded
transfer

11/8/2010 179 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RDLSCCM: Read Light Sensor Compensation Coefficient Value MSBs (6600h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
RDLSCCM Write 66h 6600h 00h CC15 CC14 CC13 CC12 CC11 CC10 CC9 CC8
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command returns MSBs of the compensation coefficient value (CC[15:8]) which is stored by “Write
Light Sensor Compensation Coefficient Value (6500h)” command.
Description
It can read MSBs/LSBs of "Light Sensor Compensation Coefficient value" with any order.
Default value for compensation coefficient is 1.0 (1000 0000 0000 0000 in binary). MSBs are “1000 000”.
Restriction The display supplier cannot use this command for tuning (e.g. factory tuning, etc.).

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Default Power On Sequence 80h
S/W Reset 80h
H/W Reset 80h

Legend

RDLSCCM(66h)
Host Command
Driver
Parameter
Send Parameter
CC[15:8]
Flow Chart Display

Action

Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 180 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RDLSCCL: Read Light Sensor Compensation Coefficient Value LSBs (6700h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
RDLSCCL Write 67h 6700h 00h CC7 CC6 CC5 CC4 CC3 CC2 CC1 CC0
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command returns LSBs of the compensation coefficient value (CC[7:0]) which is stored by “Write
Light Sensor Compensation Coefficient Value (6501h)” command.
Description
It can read MSBs/LSBs of "Light Sensor Compensation Coefficient value" with any order.
Default value for compensation coefficient is 1.0 (1000 0000 0000 0000 in binary). MSBs are “0000 000”.
Restriction The display supplier cannot use this command for tuning (e.g. factory tuning, etc.).

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Default Power On Sequence 00h
S/W Reset 00h
H/W Reset 00h

Legend

RDLSCCL(67h)
Host Command
Driver
Parameter
Send Parameter
CC[7:0]
Flow Chart Display

Action

Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 181 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RDBWLB: Read Black/White Low Bits (7000h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
RDBWLB Read 70h 7000h 00h Bkx1 Bkx0 Bky1 Bky0 Wx1 Wx0 Wy1 Wy0
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command returns the lowest bits of black and white color characteristic.
Description Black: Bkx and Bky
White: Wx and Wy
Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Default Value
Status
After MTP Before MTP
Default Power On Sequence MTP Value 00h
S/W Reset MTP Value 00h
H/W Reset MTP Value 00h

Legend

RDBWLB(70h)
Host Command
Driver
Parameter
Send Parameter
Flow Chart Bkx[1:0], Bky[1:0] Display
Wx[1:0], Wy[1:0]
Action

Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 182 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RDBkx: Read Bkx (7100h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
RDBkx Read 71h 7100h 00h Bkx9 Bkx8 Bkx7 Bkx6 Bkx5 Bkx4 Bkx3 Bkx2
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
Description This command returns the Bkx bit (Bkx[9:2]) of black color characteristic.
Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Default Value
Status
After MTP Before MTP
Default Power On Sequence MTP Value 00h
S/W Reset MTP Value 00h
H/W Reset MTP Value 00h

Legend

RDBkx(71h)
Host Command
Driver
Parameter
Send Parameter
Bkx[9:2] Display
Flow Chart

Action

Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 183 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RDBky: Read Bky (7200h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
RDBky Read 72h 7200h 00h Bky9 Bky8 Bky7 Bky6 Bky5 Bky4 Bky3 Bky2
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
Description This command returns the Bky bit (Bky[9:2]) of black color characteristic.
Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Default Value
Status
After MTP Before MTP
Default Power On Sequence MTP Value 00h
S/W Reset MTP Value 00h
H/W Reset MTP Value 00h

Legend

RDBky(72h)
Host Command
Driver
Parameter
Send Parameter
Bky[9:2] Display
Flow Chart

Action

Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 184 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RDWx: Read Wx (7300h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
RDWx Read 73h 7300h 00h Wx9 Wx8 Wx7 Wx6 Wx5 Wx4 Wx3 Wx2
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
Description This command returns the Wx bit (Wx[9:2]) of white color characteristic.
Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Default Value
Status
After MTP Before MTP
Default Power On Sequence MTP Value 00h
S/W Reset MTP Value 00h
H/W Reset MTP Value 00h

Legend

RDWx(73h)
Host Command
Driver
Parameter
Send Parameter
Wx[9:2] Display
Flow Chart

Action

Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 185 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RDWy: Read Wy (7400h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
RDWy Read 74h 7400h 00h Wy9 Wy8 Wy7 Wy6 Wy5 Wy4 Wy3 Wy2
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
Description This command returns the Wy bit (Wy[9:2]) of white color characteristic.
Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Default Value
Status
After MTP Before MTP
Default Power On Sequence MTP Value 00h
S/W Reset MTP Value 00h
H/W Reset MTP Value 00h

Legend

RDWy(74h)
Host Command
Driver
Parameter
Send Parameter
Wy[9:2] Display
Flow Chart

Action

Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 186 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RDRGLB: Read Red/Green Low Bits (7500h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
RDRGLB Read 75h 7500h 00h Rx1 Rx0 Ry1 Ry0 Gx1 Gx0 Gy1 Gy0
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command returns the lowest bits of red and green color characteristic.
Description Red: Rx and Ry
Green: Gx and Gy
Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Default Value
Status
After MTP Before MTP
Default Power On Sequence MTP Value 00h
S/W Reset MTP Value 00h
H/W Reset MTP Value 00h

Legend

RDRGLB(75h)
Host Command
Driver
Parameter
Send Parameter
Flow Chart Rx[1:0], Ry[1:0] Display
Gx[1:0], Gy[1:0]
Action

Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 187 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RDRx: Read Rx (7600h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
RDRx Read 76h 7600h 00h Rx9 Rx8 Rx7 Rx6 Rx5 Rx4 Rx3 Rx2
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
Description This command returns the Rx bit (Rx[9:2]) of red color characteristic.
Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Default Value
Status
After MTP Before MTP
Default Power On Sequence MTP Value 00h
S/W Reset MTP Value 00h
H/W Reset MTP Value 00h

Legend

RDRx(76h)
Host Command
Driver
Parameter
Send Parameter
Rx[9:2] Display
Flow Chart

Action

Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 188 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RDRy: Read Ry (7700h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
RDRy Read 77h 7700h 00h Ry9 Ry8 Ry7 Ry6 Ry5 Ry4 Ry3 Ry2
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
Description This command returns the Ry bit (Ry[9:2]) of red color characteristic.
Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Default Value
Status
After MTP Before MTP
Default Power On Sequence MTP Value 00h
S/W Reset MTP Value 00h
H/W Reset MTP Value 00h

Legend

RDRy(77h)
Host Command
Driver
Parameter
Send Parameter
Ry[9:2] Display
Flow Chart

Action

Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 189 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RDGx: Read Gx (7800h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
RDGx Read 78h 7800h 00h Gx9 Gx8 Gx7 Gx6 Gx5 Gx4 Gx3 Gx2
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
Description This command returns the Gx bit (Gx[9:2]) of green color characteristic.
Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Default Value
Status
After MTP Before MTP
Default Power On Sequence MTP Value 00h
S/W Reset MTP Value 00h
H/W Reset MTP Value 00h

Legend

RDGx(78h)
Host Command
Driver
Parameter
Send Parameter
Gx[9:2] Display
Flow Chart

Action

Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 190 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RDGy: Read Gy (7900h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
RDGy Read 79h 7900h 00h Gy9 Gy8 Gy7 Gy6 Gy5 Gy4 Gy3 Gy2
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
Description This command returns the Gy bit (Gy[9:2]) of green color characteristic.
Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Default Value
Status
After MTP Before MTP
Default Power On Sequence MTP Value 00h
S/W Reset MTP Value 00h
H/W Reset MTP Value 00h

Legend

RDGy(79h)
Host Command
Driver
Parameter
Send Parameter
Gy[9:2] Display
Flow Chart

Action

Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 191 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RDBALB: Read Blue/AColor Low Bits (7A00h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
RDBALB Read 7Ah 7A00h 00h Bx1 Bx0 By1 By0 Ax1 Ax0 Ay1 Ay0
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command returns the lowest bits of blue and A color characteristic.
Description Blue: Bx and By
A: Ax and Ay
Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Default Value
Status
After MTP Before MTP
Default Power On Sequence MTP Value 00h
S/W Reset MTP Value 00h
H/W Reset MTP Value 00h

Legend

RDBALB(7Ah)
Host Command
Driver
Parameter
Send Parameter
Flow Chart Bx[1:0], By[1:0] Display
Ax[1:0], Ay[1:0]
Action

Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 192 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RDBx: Read Bx (7B00h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
RDBx Read 7Bh 7B00h 00h Bx9 Bx8 Bx7 Bx6 Bx5 Bx4 Bx3 Bx2
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
Description This command returns the Bx bit (Bx[9:2]) of blue color characteristic.
Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Default Value
Status
After MTP Before MTP
Default Power On Sequence MTP Value 00h
S/W Reset MTP Value 00h
H/W Reset MTP Value 00h

Legend

RDBx(7Bh)
Host Command
Driver
Parameter
Send Parameter
Bx[9:2] Display
Flow Chart

Action

Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 193 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RDBy: Read By (7C00h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
RDBy Read 7Ch 7C00h 00h By9 By8 By7 By6 By5 By4 By3 By2
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
Description This command returns the By bit (By[9:2]) of blue color characteristic.
Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Default Value
Status
After MTP Before MTP
Default Power On Sequence MTP Value 00h
S/W Reset MTP Value 00h
H/W Reset MTP Value 00h

Legend

RDBy(7Ch)
Host Command
Driver
Parameter
Send Parameter
By[9:2] Display
Flow Chart

Action

Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 194 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RDAx: Read Ax (7D00h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
RDAx Read 7Dh 7D00h 00h Ax9 Ax8 Ax7 Ax6 Ax5 Ax4 Ax3 Ax2
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
Description This command returns the Ax bit (Ax[9:2]) of A color characteristic.
Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Default Value
Status
After MTP Before MTP
Default Power On Sequence MTP Value 00h
S/W Reset MTP Value 00h
H/W Reset MTP Value 00h

Legend

RDAx(7Dh)
Host Command
Driver
Parameter
Send Parameter
Ax[9:2] Display
Flow Chart

Action

Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 195 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RDAy: Read Ay (7E00h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
RDAy Read 7Eh 7E00h 00h Ay9 Ay8 Ay7 Ay6 Ay5 Ay4 Ay3 Ay2
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
Description This command returns the Ay bit (Ay[9:2]) of A color characteristic.
Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Default Value
Status
After MTP Before MTP
Default Power On Sequence MTP Value 00h
S/W Reset MTP Value 00h
H/W Reset MTP Value 00h

Legend

RDAy(7Eh)
Host Command
Driver
Parameter
Send Parameter
Ay[9:2] Display
Flow Chart

Action

Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 196 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RDDDBS: Read DDB Start (A100h~A104h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
A100h 00h SID7 SID6 SID5 SID4 SID3 SID2 SID1 SID0
A101h 00h SID15 SID14 SID13 SID12 SID11 SID10 SID9 SID8
RDDDBS Read A1h A102h 00h MID7 MID6 MID5 MID4 MID3 MID2 MID1 MID0
A103h 00h MID15 MID14 MID13 MID12 MID11 MID10 MID9 MID8
A104h 00h 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command returns the supplier identification and display module mode/revision information.
Note: This information is not the same what “Read ID1 (DAh)”, “Read ID2 (DBh)” and “Read ID3 (DCh)”
commands are returning.
Note: Parameter 0xFF is an “Exit Code”, this means that there is no more data in the DDB block.
This read sequence can be interrupted by any command and it can be continued by “Read DDB
Description
Continue (A8h)” command when the first parameter, what has been transferred, is the parameter, which
st nd
has not been sent e.g. RDDDBS => 1 parameter has been sent => 2 parameter has been sent=>
rd
interrupt => RDDDBC => 3 parameter of the RDDDBS has been sent.
SID[15:0]: Supplier identification
MID[15:0]: Module ID
Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Default Value
Status
After MTP Before MTP
Default Power On Sequence MTP Value 00h
S/W Reset MTP Value 00h
H/W Reset MTP Value 00h

11/8/2010 197 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

Legend
RDDDBS(A1h)
Host
Command
Driver
Send Parameter S[7:0] Parameter

Display
Flow Chart Send Parameter S[15:8]
Action

Send Parameter MR[7:0] Mode

Sequential
Send Parameter MR[15:8] transfer

Send Parameter FFh

11/8/2010 198 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RDDDBC: Read DDB Continue (A800h~A804h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
A800h 00h SID7 SID6 SID5 SID4 SID3 SID2 SID1 SID0
A801h 00h SID15 SID14 SID13 SID12 SID11 SID10 SID9 SID8
RDDDBC Read A8h A802h 00h MID7 MID6 MID5 MID4 MID3 MID2 MID1 MID0
A803h 00h MID15 MID14 MID13 MID12 MID11 MID10 MID9 MID8
A804h 00h 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command returns the supplier identification and display module mode/revision information from the
point where RDDDBS command was interrupted by an other command.
Note: Parameter 0xFF is an “Exit Code”, this means that there is no more data in the DDB block.
Description Note: For use example,
1. Set maximum return packet size=3
2. Read 0xA1, return 3 bytes SID[7:0], SID[15:8], MID[7:0]
3. Read 0xA8, return 2 bytes MID[15:8] and 0xFF
A Read DDB Start command (RDDDBS) should be executed at least once before a Read DDB Continue
Restriction command (RDDDBC) to define the read location. Otherwise, data read with a Read DDB Continue
command is undefined.

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Default Value
Status
After MTP Before MTP
Default Power On Sequence MTP Value 00h
S/W Reset MTP Value 00h
H/W Reset MTP Value 00h

11/8/2010 199 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

Legend

RDDDBC(A8h)
Command

Parameter
RDDDBS Data
D1[7:0], D2[7:0],
Flow Chart Display
..., Dn[7:0]
Action

Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 200 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RDFCS: Read First Checksum (AA00h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
RDFCS Read AAh AA00h 00h FCS7 FCS6 FCS5 FCS4 FCS3 FCS2 FCS1 FCS0
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command returns the first checksum what has been calculated from “User Command Set” area
Description registers (not include “Manufacture Command Set) and the frame memory after the write access to those
registers and/or frame memory has been done.
It will be necessary to wait 150ms after there is the last write access on “User Command Set” area
Restriction
registers before there can read this checksum value.

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Default Power On Sequence 00h
S/W Reset 00h
H/W Reset 00h

Legend

RDFCS(AAh)
Host Command
Driver
Parameter
Send Parameter
FCS[7:0] Display
Flow Chart

Action

Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 201 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RDCCS: Read Continue Checksum (AF00h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
RDCCS Read AFh AF00h 00h CCS7 CCS6 CCS5 CCS4 CCS3 CCS2 CCS1 CCS0
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This command returns the continue checksum what has been calculated continuously after the first
Description checksum has calculated from “User Command Set” area registers and the frame memory after the write
access to those registers and/or frame memory has been done.
It will be necessary to wait 300ms after there is the last write access on “User Command Set” area
Restriction
registers before there can read this checksum value in the first time.

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Status Default Value


Default Power On Sequence 00h
S/W Reset 00h
H/W Reset 00h

Legend

RDCCS(AFh)
Host Command
Driver
Parameter
Send Parameter
CCS[7:0] Display
Flow Chart

Action

Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 202 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RDID1: Read ID1 Value (DA00h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
RDID1 Read DAh DA00h 00h ID17 ID16 ID15 ID14 ID13 ID12 ID11 ID10
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
Description This read byte identifies the TFT LCD module’s manufacture ID.
Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Default Value
Status
After MTP Before MTP
Default Power On Sequence MTP Value 00h
S/W Reset MTP Value 00h
H/W Reset MTP Value 00h

Legend

RDID1(DAh)
Host Command
Driver
Parameter
Send Parameter
ID1[7:0]
Flow Chart Display

Action

Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 203 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RDID2: Read ID2 Value (DB00h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
RDID2 Read DBh DB00h 00h ID27 ID26 ID25 ID24 ID23 ID22 ID21 ID20
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
This read byte is used to track the TFT LCD module/driver version. It is changed each time a version is
Description made to the display, material or construction specifications.
Parameter Range: ID2 = 80h to FFh
Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Default Value
Status
After MTP Before MTP
Default Power On Sequence MTP Value 80h
S/W Reset MTP Value 80h
H/W Reset MTP Value 80h

Legend

RDID2(DBh)
Host Command
Driver
Parameter
Send Parameter
ID2[7:0]
Flow Chart Display

Action

Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 204 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

RDID3: Read ID3 Value (DC00h)


Address Parameter
Inst / Para R/W
MIPI Others D[15:8] (Non-MIPI) D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
RDID3 Read DCh DC00h 00h ID37 ID36 ID35 ID34 ID33 ID32 ID31 ID30
NOTE: “-“ Don’t care
Description This parameter read byte identifies the TFT LCD module/driver.
Restriction -

Status Availability
Normal Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Register Normal Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Availability Partial Mode On, Idle Mode Off, Sleep Out Yes
Partial Mode On, Idle Mode On, Sleep Out Yes
Sleep In Yes

Default Value
Status
After MTP Before MTP
Default Power On Sequence MTP Value 00h
S/W Reset MTP Value 00h
H/W Reset MTP Value 00h

Legend

RDID3(DCh)
Host Command
Driver
Parameter
Send Parameter
ID3[7:0]
Flow Chart Display

Action

Mode

Sequential
transfer

11/8/2010 205 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

7 REFERENCE APPLICATIONS
7.1 Microprocessor Interface
The display, which is using 80-series MPU interface, is connected to the MPU as it is illustrated below.

MPU Driver IC
IM[3:0]=0000
HSSI_DATA1_P/N
VSSAM HSSI_DATA0_P/N
HSSI_CLK_P/N

RESX
RESX
TE
TE
WRX
Interface Block WRX
RDX
RDX
CSX
CSX
D/CX
D/CX
D7 to D0
D7 to D0
SDO
VSSI PCLK, DE, VS, HS,
SDI, D23 to D8

Fig. 7.1.1 Interfacing for 80-series 8-bit MPU by Connecting IM[3:0]=”0000”

MPU Driver IC
IM[3:0]=0001
HSSI_DATA1_P/N
VSSAM HSSI_DATA0_P/N
HSSI_CLK_P/N

RESX
RESX
TE
TE
WRX
Interface Block WRX
RDX
RDX
CSX
CSX
D/CX
D/CX
D15 to D0
D15 to D0
SDO
VSSI PCLK, DE, VS, HS,
SDI, D23 to D16

Fig. 7.1.2 Interfacing for 80-series 16-bit MPU by Connecting IM[3:0]=”0001”

11/8/2010 206 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

MPU Driver IC
IM[3:0]=0010
HSSI_DATA1_P/N
VSSAM HSSI_DATA0_P/N
HSSI_CLK_P/N

RESX
RESX
TE
TE
WRX
Interface Block WRX
RDX
RDX
CSX
CSX
D/CX
D/CX
D23 to D0
D23 to D0
SDO
VSSI PCLK, DE, VS, HS,
SDI

Fig. 7.1.3 Interfacing for 80-series 24-bit MPU by Connecting IM[3:0]=”0010”


Note: Left MVDDL and MVDDA open (not used) when using 80-series MPU interface.

11/8/2010 207 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

The display, which is using RGB with 16-bit SPI interface, is connected to the MPU as it is illustrated below.

MPU Driver IC
IM[3:0]=X011
HSSI_DATA1_P/N
VSSAM HSSI_DATA0_P/N
HSSI_CLK_P/N

Interface Block RESX


RESX
TE (option)
TE
CSX
CSX
SCL
SCL
SDA
SDI, SDO
VSSI
D/CX, RDX

Graphic D23 to D0
D23 to D0
Controller DE, PCLK, VSYNC, HSYNC
DE, PCLK, VS, HS

Fig. 7.1.4 Interfacing for RGB with SPI by Connecting IM[3:0]=”X011”

The display, which is using RGB with I2C interface, is connected to the MPU as it is illustrated below.

MPU Driver IC
IM[3:0]=0100
HSSI_DATA1_P/N
VSSAM HSSI_DATA0_P/N
HSSI_CLK_P/N

Interface Block RESX


RESX
TE (option)
TE

SCL
I2C_SCL
SDA
I2C_SDA
VSSI
D/CX, RDX, CSX

Graphic D23 to D0
D23 to D0
Controller DE, PCLK, VSYNC, HSYNC
DE, PCLK, VS, HS

Fig. 7.1.5 Interfacing for RGB with I2C by Connecting IM[3:0]=”0100”


Note 1. Connecting D23, D22, D15, D14, D7 and D6 to VSSI when using 18-bit/pixel (VIPF[3:0]=”0110”).
Connecting D23~D21, D15, D14 and D7~ D5 to VSSI when using 16-bit/pixel (VIPF[3:0]=”0101”).
Note 2. Left MVDDL and MVDDA open (not used) when using RGB with SPI interface.
Note 3. IM3 is used to select SCL rising or falling edge trigger for 16-bit SPI interface.
11/8/2010 208 Version 0.00
With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

The display, which is using MIPI DSI and the TE line, is connected to the MPU as it is illustrated below.

MPU Driver IC
IM[3:0]=0101
RESX
RESX
TE
TE
VSSI
D/CX, CSX
WRX, RDX
SDI, D23 to D0
Interface Block PCLK, HS, VS, DE
SDO

DSI-D1+ / DSI-D1- HSSI_DATA1_P


HSSI_DATA1_N
DSI-D0+ / DSI-D0- HSSI_DATA0_P
HSSI_DATA0_N
DSI-CLK+ / DSI-CLK- HSSI_CLK_P
HSSI_CLK_N

Fig. 7.1.6 Interfacing for MIPI DSI with TE Line by Connecting IM[3:0]=”0101”

The display, which is using MIPI DSI without the TE line, is connected to the MPU as it is illustrated below.

MPU Driver IC
IM[3:0]=0101
RESX
RESX
TE
VSSI
D/CX, CSX
WRX, RDX
SDI, D23 to D0
Interface Block PCLK, HS, VS, DE
SDO

DSI-D1+ / DSI-D1- HSSI_DATA1_P


HSSI_DATA1_N
DSI-D0+ / DSI-D0- HSSI_DATA0_P
HSSI_DATA0_N
DSI-CLK+ / DSI-CLK- HSSI_CLK_P
HSSI_CLK_N

Fig. 7.1.7 Interfacing for MIPI DSI without TE Line by Connecting IM[3:0]=”0101”
Note1. Bit DSITE should be “1”, the TE line is enabled, when using MIPI with TE line.
Note2. Bit DSITE should be “0”, the TE line is disabled, when using MIPI without TE line. The command 35h
TEON cannot active the separated TE line.
Note3. Connecting HSSI_DATA1_P/N to VSSAM when using 1 data lane application.
11/8/2010 209 Version 0.00
With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

The display, which is using MDDI with 16-bit SPI interface, is connected to the MPU as it is illustrated below.

MPU Driver IC
IM[3:0]=X110
RESX
RESX
TE
TE
VSSI
D/CX, WRX, RDX
PCLK, HS, VS, DE
D23 to D0
SCEX
SCEX
SCL
Interface Block SCL
SDA
SDI, SDO

MDDI_DATA1_P / M HSSI_DATA1_P
HSSI_DATA1_N
MDDI_DATA0_P / M HSSI_DATA0_P
HSSI_DATA0_N
MDDI_STB_P / M HSSI_CLK_P
HSSI_CLK_N

Fig. 7.1.8 Interfacing for MDDI with 16-bit SPI by Connecting IM[3:0]=”X110”

The display, which is using MDDI with I2C interface, is connected to the MPU as it is illustrated below.

MPU Driver IC
IM[3:0]=0110
RESX
RESX
TE
TE
VSSI
D/CX, WRX, RDX
SCEX, D23 to D0
PCLK, HS, VS, DE
SDO
SCL
Interface Block SCL
SDA
SDI

MDDI_DATA1_P / M HSSI_DATA1_P
HSSI_DATA1_N
MDDI_DATA0_P / M HSSI_DATA0_P
HSSI_DATA0_N
MDDI_STB_P / M HSSI_CLK_P
HSSI_CLK_N

Fig. 7.1.9 Interfacing for MDDI with I2CI by Connecting IM[3:0]=”0111”


Notes:
1. Connecting HSSI_DATA1_P/N to VSSAM when using MDDI Type-I (1 data lane).
2. IM3 is used to select SCL rising or falling edge trigger when using 16-bit SPI interface.

11/8/2010 210 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.
PRELIMINARY NT35510

7.2 Connections with Panel

CRL = 0 CRL = 1
RGB RGB=0 IC Bumps Down RGB=0
S1440 - S721 S720 - S1

P1 - P720 P721 - P1440

RGB

P1 - P720 P721 - P1440

S1 - S720 S721 - S1440


IC Bumps Down

IC on Bottom Side of Module IC on Top Side of Module

NOTES:
1. The scan direction from top to bottom indicated in above figure means (CTB XOR ML = “0”).
2. The relationship between Sn output sequence and CRL/CGM[7:0] is shown below.
Display
CGM[7:0] Sn Output Sequence Note
Resolution
70h 480RGB x 864
CRL=”0”:
6Bh 480RGB x 854
S1(R)S2(G)S3(B)…S1438(R)S1439(G)S1440(B) All S1 to S1440
50h 480RGB x 800
CRL=”1”: are used
28h 480RGB x 720 S1440(R)S1439(G)S1438(B)…S3(R)S2(G)S1(B)
00h 480RGB x 640

11/8/2010 211 Version 0.00


With respect to the information represented in this document, Novatek makes no warranty, expressed or implied, including the warranties of merchantability,
fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any such
information.

You might also like